<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<itemContainer xmlns="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5 http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5/omeka-xml-5-0.xsd" uri="https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/items/browse?output=omeka-xml&amp;page=41&amp;sort_field=added" accessDate="2026-06-06T06:26:56+01:00">
  <miscellaneousContainer>
    <pagination>
      <pageNumber>41</pageNumber>
      <perPage>10</perPage>
      <totalResults>3494</totalResults>
    </pagination>
  </miscellaneousContainer>
  <item itemId="505" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="529">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/b3f29632c2e2cc3be76a638633a891e7.pdf</src>
        <authentication>e0f8eabdf2f3b49019d1b3e5b9f2dee1</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3883">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green
Practices in Chinese Logistics Companies
Yi-Hui Ho
Department of International Business
Chang Jung Christian University
Tainan, Taiwan
vicky@mail.cjcu.edu.tw
Chieh-Yu Lin
Department of International Business
Chang Jung Christian University
Tainan, Taiwan
jylin@mail.cjcu.edu.tw
Jung-Shun Tsai
Yuh-Ing Junior College of Health Care &amp; Management
Kaohsiung, Taiwan
jstsai@ms.yuhing.edu.tw
Abstract: As environmental considerations have become a fundamental part of
business strategies, there is a challenge for managers and academicians to explore the
integration of environmental concepts and business operations. Although a number of
studies on green practice adoption can be found in the literature, few of them
analyzed the infusion of green practices in organizations. Furthermore, most prior
research of green management focused on manufacturing sectors; scarce attention was
paid on research in service sectors. This paper focuses on the green practice infusion
in logistics companies because many logistics operations often lead to several
environmental impacts. The main purpose of this paper is to explore the factors that
affect organizational infusion of green practices in Chinese logistics companies.
Drawing on the innovation diffusion theory, this paper groups the determinant
factors into technological, organizational and environmental dimensions. We
explored the influences of determinant factors on green practice infusion by
conducting a questionnaire survey on logistics companies in China. The regression
analysis is used to test proposed research hypotheses in the study Research findings
reveal that complexity, compatibility and relative advantage of green practices,
quality of human resources, organizational support, governmental support and
regulatory pressure exhibit significantly influences on green practice infusion for the
logistics companies in China. The influences of adoption cost, company size,
environmental uncertainty and customer pressure on logistics companies’ green
behavior are not significant. This paper can extend the scope of research on green
management in service industries and green practice infusion.

Keywords: Green

practice infusion,
Logistics companies,
Determinant factors,
China

JEL Classification:
M140

Article History

Submitted: 26 January
2014
Resubmitted: 22 March
2014
Accepted: 27 March
2014
http://dx.doi.org/10.147
06/JECOSS11427
159

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Introduction
To pursue sustainable development, many companies are attentive to enhancing
their competitiveness through improvements in the environmental performance and
mitigating the environmental impact of their production and service activities. As
implementing green practices can be regarded as an important means of solving
firms’ environmental problems, it is particularly important to learn more about the
factors influencing green practice implementation. Green management also becomes
critical concerns of business research. Many researchers have surveyed firms’
implementation of environmental management practices, and proposed various
explanations as to what factors influence firms’ adoption of green practices.
However, scarce attention has been paid on analyzing the infusion behaviors
associated with green practices.
Companies may be able to achieve considerable environmental performance by
successfully implementation green practices into their work systems. Green practice
implementation is a multiphase process consisting of adoption and infusion phases
(Winn and Angell, 2000). Infusion refers to the extent to which an innovation's
features are in widespread usage in a complete and sophisticated way (Fichmen
2001; Yan and Fiorito, 2007). Green practice infusion is the incorporation of green
practices into work structures. Successful implementation of green practices requires
significant involvement in developing operational responses to environmental issues.
It is important to understand the infusion of green practices within organizations.
Some researchers have analyzed the infusion of green practices within organizations,
concerning with the extent to which these practices have been implemented (Fussel
and Georg, 2000; Stead et al., 1998; Winn and Angell, 2000). However, these
studies focused on exploring the infusion process of green practices within an
organization. Much remains to be learned empirically about the factors influencing
organizational infusion of green practices.
To fill the research gap, this paper studies the infusion of green practices in Chinese
logistics service providers. This study focuses on the logistics industry because many
logistics operations often lead to several negative environmental impacts. Although
there is a burgeoning body of literature concerning with environmental issues in a
variety of business disciplines such as manufacturing and marketing, the
corresponding literature involving logistics has been still small but expanding
(Gunasekaran and Cheng, 2008; Murphy and Poist, 2000). Furthermore, while
China continues to develop into a global manufacturing base and a huge consumer
160

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

market, it suffers from various serious environmental problems such as air pollution,
energy waste, and water pollution. Several researchers have investigated the
implementation of environmental management in Chinese manufacturing
companies. Scant attention has been paid to the environmental issues in Chinese
service sectors.
The main purpose of this paper is to study the factors that affect organizational
infusion of green practices in Chinese logistics service providers. An understanding
of the determinant factors of green practice infusion is essential for researchers to
best understand the issues that need to be addressed as well as for practitioners to
best implement green practices. Due to the lack of research on determinants of
organizational infusion of green practices, this paper can broaden the scope of
research on environmental management by providing some explanations as to what
factors influencing green practice infusion. Furthermore, as the implementation of
green practices not only relates to the logistics industry, but also needs the attention
of the government, manufacturers and consumers, verifying possible factors
influencing the organizational infusion of green practices can give the government
some valuable suggestions in designing environmental policies for the logistics
industry, and help manufacturers, consumers, and logistics service providers
themselves appreciate the drivers and barriers to implementing green management
practices.
Literature Review
Organizational infusion of green practices
To achieve environmental performance, many companies attempt to implement
several green practices. Applying environmental criteria into corporate operations
requires exploring new resource combinations and deploying existing resources in
new ways (Hart, 1995). Green practice implementation involves using new or
modified processes and techniques to reduce environmental harms. As innovation is
the use of new technical and administrative knowledge (Kimberly and Evanisko,
1981; Damanpour, 1991), the implementation of green practices can be regarded as
an innovation process. Several researchers (e.g., Hansen et al., 2002; Henriques and
Sadorsky, 2007; Lin and Ho, 2011; Rothenberg and Zyglidopoulos, 2007; Ziegler,
and Seijas Nogareda, 2009) have analyzed environmental issues from the perspective
of innovation.
161

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

From the innovation diffusion perspective, implementing innovations is a
multiphase process and has been divided into a variety of phases (Damanpour and
Schneider, 2006; Rogers, 2003). Innovation diffusion is a stage-based process of
spreading a new technology within a universe of potential adopters. The adoption of
an innovation does not guarantee that there is a widespread usage of the innovation
within the organization to fulfill the full potentials of the innovation. A new
technology may be introduced with a great enthusiasm and widespread initial
acquisition; nevertheless it may fail to be thoroughly deployed among many firms
(Fichman and Kemerer 1999).
Cooper and Zmud (1990) suggest a six-stage model of innovation diffusion,
consisting of (1) initiation: scanning organizational problems, collecting and
evaluating the information for innovation solutions, and finding the “right”
innovation application for the organization, (2) adoption: getting organizational
support and resource commitment for innovation implementation by negotiation,
(3) adaptation: installing the innovation application, adjusting both the innovation
and organizational procedures to achieve a good fit, and preparing employees to use
the innovation, (4) acceptance: encouraging employees to commit to using the
innovation application in their work, (5) routinization: using the innovation
application to become a part of the working procedures and employees’ habit, and
(6) infusion: using the innovation application in a more integrated manner to obtain
its full potential in supporting the organization’s work. Rogers (2003) summarizes
that the adoption process of innovations can be grouped into three more general
phases of pre-adoption, adoption decision, and post-adoption. Zhu, Kraemer and Xu
(2006) simplified above six stages into three stages of initiation, adoption, and
infusion. Damanpour and Schneider (2006) suggest a three-stage model of diffusion
process consisting of initiation, adoption decision, and infusion.
Like the implementation of other kinds of innovation, green practice
implementation is also a process consisting of multiple stages, i.e. initiation activities,
the managerial decision to adopt the green practices, and infusion activities.
Companies may be able to achieve considerable environmental performance by
successfully diffusing green practices into their work systems in all diffusion stages
(Fussel and Georg, 2000). Winn and Angell (2000) address that corporate greening
starts with top management awareness of the need for corporate responses to
environmental issues, leads to policy commitment, and ideally, ends with
implementation at the operational level. The infusion stage is the conclusion of
technology implementation and is a post-adoption behavior. It means that
162

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

technology has been embedded and routinized in organization (Chang and Lung,
2002). Green practice infusion is the incorporation of green practices into work
structures.
Infusion refers to the extent to which an innovation's features are in widespread
usage in a complete and sophisticated way (Fichmen 2001; Yan and Fiorito, 2007).
The extent to which innovation infusion is reached is positively related to the
performance of the work that the innovation supports (Yu et al., 2009; Taylor and
McAdam, 2004). Successful implementation of green practices requires significant
involvement in developing operational responses to environmental issues (Stead et
al., 1998). It is important and necessary to understand the infusion of green practices
within organizations.
Prior literature has focused more on the issues of green management adoption
decision For example, Del Brio and Junquera (2003) summarized some factors
influencing green innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises, including
financial resources, management style, human resources, manufacturing activity,
technological approach, innovative capacity, and external cooperation. Rothenberg
and Zyglidopoulos (2007), in a study of the printing industry, found that the
adoption of green innovations was positively associated with the dynamism of the
company’s task environment. Henriques and Sadorsky (2007) found that total
quality management and external stakeholder pressure would increase the likelihood
that Canadian manufacturing companies implement cleaner technical innovations.
Liu et al. (2010) argue that Chinese firms’ adoption of green practices is influenced
by the coercive pressure from the organizations holding mandatory power, normative
pressure from the industrial association and the public, and mimetic pressure from
the competitors. Stakeholder pressure, environmental regulation, company size,
managers’ characteristics, human resources and industry sector are relevant variables
frequently appeared in studies on green practice adoption decision (Etzion, 2007;
Gonzalez-Benito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006).
Little attention has been paid on analyzing the infusion behavior associated with
green practices. Some researchers have analyzed the infusion of green practices
within organizations, concerning with the extent to which these practices have
diffused (Fussel and Georg, 2000; Stead et al., 1998; Winn and Angell, 2000).
However, these studies focused on exploring the infusion process of green practices
within an organization. Fussel and Georg (2000) explore how an environmental
management tool becomes embedded in a Danish public university hospital,
163

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

including how a green idea travels from one setting to another and becomes an
object, how the green idea is translated and mobilized into action by the hospital
managers and made to perform in different contexts, and how hospital managers
develop a new sense of identity. Stead et al. (1998) suggest that infusion
(institutionalization) is a pivotal organizational process which determines whether a
firm's environmental performance results in improved operating efficiency and
market opportunities or in increased legal and regulatory hassles. In a study of the
implementation of the 1991 German Packaging Ordinance, Winn and Angell
(2000) propose an internal process model of corporate greening that integrates policy
commitment and implementation dimensions. Corporate greening process starts
with awareness of the need for corporate responses to environmental issues, leads to
policy commitment and, ideally, ends with infusion (implementation) at the
operational level.
Although Christmann and Taylor (2006) and Darnall (2006) have analyzed the
factors influencing a firm’s decision to totally or partially mandate its operational
units to certify to ISO 14001, they did not explore the degree of infusion of
environmental management practices within the organizations. In a study of Chinese
companies, Christmann and Taylor (2006) conclude that ISO-certified companies
in China select their level of compliance depending on customer preferences,
customer monitoring, and expected sanctions by customers. Drawing on
institutional theory and the resource-based view of the firm, Darnall (2006) analyzes
the influences of regulatory pressures, market pressures, complementary resources,
experiences with quality management systems, and experiences with pollution
prevention on U.S. firm’s decision in mandating ISO 14001 totally or partially.
These two studies focused on the adoption decision regarding to whether a firm
implements ISO 14001 substantively. A review on current research on
environmental management reveals that, up to date, there is no literature give an
analysis on the factors influencing infusion of green management practices in
organizations.
Factors influencing organizational infusion of green practices
To fill the research gap, this paper attempts to study the factors affecting the infusion
of green practices in Chinese logistics service providers. Although a body of research
has proposed several factors influencing green practice adoption, factors affecting
adoption decision may actually have the opposite effects upon infusion behavior
(Cooper and Zmud, 1990; Damanpour and Schneider, 2006; Tornatzky and
164

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Fleischer, 1990; Zhu et al., 2006). For example, in a study of the diffusion of
Internet-based e-business innovations, Zhu et al. (2006b) address that firm size are
positively related to e-business adoption, but negatively related to infusion. The costs
in implementing innovations have been a barrier for the adoption of innovations,
but the higher adoption costs could motivated the infusion of innovations in
organizations (Cooper and Zmud, 1990). In general, the infusion of green practices
could be influenced by a variety of factors. Because implementing green practices can
be seen as an innovation process, studies on explanations as to what factors influence
innovation infusion will be helpful for modeling green practice infusion in this
paper.
Several studies have proposed a variety of factors influencing innovation infusion.
Meyer and Goes (1988) address that organizational assimilation of innovations in
hospitals is influenced by environmental, organizational, and innovation variables.
According to meta-analysis results, Damanpour (1991) conclude that organizational
innovation is significantly associated with a firm’s specialization, functional
differentiation, professionalism, centralization, managerial attitude toward change,
technical knowledge resources, administrative intensity, slack resources, and external
and internal communication. Fichman and Kemerer (1997) explore the influence of
organizational learning capability on the infusion of software process innovations.
Eder and Igbaria (2000) explore the influences of earliness of adoption, top
management support, organizational structure, organizational size, information
technology (IT) infrastructure, and IT structure on organizational infusion of
intranets. Frambach and Schillewaert (2002) suggest that the determinants
influencing organizational implementation of innovations include perceived
innovation characteristics, adopter’s organizational characteristics, and
environmental influences. The availability and quality of internal resources and
external knowledge, the knowledge transfer activities, and the political and legal
environment are relevant for the adoption of technical innovations.
Ranganathan et al. (2004) argue that managerial IT knowledge, unit structure,
supplier interdependence, competitive intensity, and IT activity intensity would
affect internal infusion of Web technologies in supply chain management. In a study
of public organizations in the U.S., Damanpour and Schneider (2006) analyze the
influences of environmental, organizational and top managers’ characteristics on the
adoption and infusion of innovations in organizations. Zhu et al. (2006) suggest that
technology readiness, technology integration, firm size, global scope, managerial
obstacles, competition intensity and regulatory environment would influence e165

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

business infusion. Yan and Fiorito (2007) analyze the influences of external
pressures, internal pressures, and firm size on the infusion of computer aided
design/computer aided manufacturing in the U.S. textile and apparel industries. Yu
et al. (2009) address that procurement process readiness, business knowledge of IT
managers, organizational integration, organizational slack resources would influence
the infusion of e-procurement applications.
While a variety of determinants of innovation infusion have been proposed in the
previous studies, these factors can be grouped into technological, organizational and
environmental context. According to the innovation diffusion theory (Rogers, 2003;
Tornatzkey and Fleischer 1990), a model for any innovation diffusion needs to
consider different factors that can influence the inclination to use the innovation in
its specific technological, organizational, and environmental contexts of an
organization. The technological, organizational, and environmental (TOE)
framework (Tornatzkey and Fleischer, 1990) is widely used in studying innovation
adoption and infusion from contextual perspectives. Lin and Ho (2011) have also
utilized the TOE framework in analyzing green practice adoption decision for
Chinese logistics companies; however, their study did not investigate the infusion of
green practices in the firms.
The TOE framework identifies three aspects of a firm’s context that have influences
on innovation infusion. Technological dimension includes technology issues
associated with the firms. Organizational dimension refers to descriptive measures
such as company size, the quality of human resources, top management strategic
behavior, and the availability of slack resources. Environmental dimension is the
arena in which a firm conducts its business, including competitors, access to
resources, industrial environment, and government regulations (Tornatzky and
Fleischer, 1990). Therefore, based on the TOE framework (Lin and Ho, 2011), this
paper attempts to study the influences of technological, organizational, and
environmental factors on the infusion of green practices in Chinese logistics service
providers. Figure 1 illustrates the research framework of the study. The technological
factors include the adoption cost, complexity, compatibility and relative advantage of
green practices; the organizational factors include quality of human resources,
organizational support, and company size; and environmental factors include
environmental uncertainty, governmental support, regulatory pressure, and customer
pressure.

166

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Figure 1. Research framework

Technological factors

Adoption cost
Complexity
Compatibility
Relative advantage
Organizational factors

Quality of human resources
Organizational support
Company size

Organizational
infusion of green
practices

Environmental factors

Environmental uncertainty
Governmental support
Regulatory pressure
Customer pressure

167

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Technological factors
Characteristics of an innovation such as compatibility, complexity, and relative
advantage may affect innovation diffusion (Jeyaraj et al., 2006; Rogers, 2003;
Tornatzky and Klein, 1982). Frambach and Schillewaert (2002) place the perceived
characteristics of the innovation at the heart of their organizational innovation
diffusion model. Boiral (2002) argues that characteristics of environmental
knowledge are relevant in environmental management. Therefore, technological
characteristics should be taken into account when analyzing the infusion of green
practices. The perceived technological characteristics of an innovation can be
considered as cognitive beliefs reflected in an attitude towards the innovation.
Several technological characteristics of an innovation can affect its diffusion,
including complexity, compatibility, relative advantage, triability, observability, ease
of use, perceived usefulness, information intensity, uncertainty, and so on (Frambach
and Schillewaert, 2002; Jeyaraj et al., 2006; Taylor and McAdam, 2004; Tornatzky
and Klein, 1982; Zhu et al., 2006). The present study only considers adoption costs,
complexity, compatibility and relative advantage because these characteristics have
consistently been found to be more important in influencing innovation adoption
behavior than the other characteristics (Rogers, 2003; Sia et al., 2004; Tornatzky and
Klein, 1982).
Adoption costs include the required financial and human resources in implementing
and using green practices. Costs have been long posited as a barrier for the adoption
of innovations (Rogers, 2003; Iacovou et al., 1995; Torantzky and Klein, 1982).
However, some researchers argue that high adoption costs may motivate innovation
adopters to treat the innovation more seriously and implement it more actively in
order to make the innovation more cost-effective (Cooper and Zmud, 1990; Rogers,
2003). Unfortunately, there is still lack of empirical evidence for this argument
because previous studies on innovation infusion have not yet taken adoption costs
into account. The present study argues that high adoption cost will make a firm treat
the green practice more seriously and reinforce the infusion of the green practice
within the firm. Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H1: Adoption cost of green practices has a positive influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.

Complexity is the degree to which an innovation is perceived to be relatively difficult
to understand and use. It will increase the difficulty in knowledge transfer and
168

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

innovation diffusion (Rogers, 2003), and is usually hypothesized to be negatively
related to innovation diffusion (Tornatzky and Klein, 1982). Green practices
incorporate both tacit and explicit knowledge. The tacit knowledge may be inherent
in identifying sources of pollution, reacting quickly to accidental spills, and
proposing preventive solutions (Boiral, 2002). It leads to the ambiguity of the
practices. Ambiguity is a major barrier to the transfer of best practice within a firm
(Szulanski, 1996). A firm is apt to implement innovation when knowledge is shared
easily within the organization. Efficient knowledge sharing can lead to better
innovative capabilities in terms of higher order learning, and consequently can
improve organizational performance including environmental management
effectiveness (Etzion, 2007). A green practice with high complexity contains a lot of
tacit knowledge that requires laborious efforts to learn and diffuse. The difficulty in
learning and sharing tacit knowledge makes it relatively difficult to infuse a green
practice. Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H2: Complexity of green practices has a negative influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.

Compatibility is the degree to which an innovation is perceived as being consistent
with the existing values, experiences, and needs of the firms (Rogers, 2003).
Compatibility is relevant to green practice diffusion. Because several green practices
are additions to companies’ current technologies and processes, diffusion of green
practices is not a single event but can be described as a process of knowledge
accumulation and integration. Green practices that are more compatible to a
company’s current technologies and processes will be more easily to be diffused
within the organization. Dupuy (1997), in a study of Ontario organic chemical
industry, found support for the notion that innovations that are additions to existing
technology, such as abatement equipment, are most likely to adopt earlier than
technologies that are more difficult to incorporate into the production process. Fit
between previous experiences and environmental actions may generate a greater
environmental effectiveness (Etzion, 2007). To lessen possible objection against the
infusion of green practices, a company will be more likely to implement a green
practice that is more compatible with the company’s current operational knowledge.
Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H3: Compatibility of green practices has a positive influence on green practice infusion in

Chinese logistics companies.

169

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Relative advantage is the perception that an innovation is more advantageous than its
substitute idea. The perceived benefits may be measured in economic and social
terms like convenience and satisfaction. Companies are more likely to implement a
technology which is able to provide better performance and higher economic gains
than the other technologies. Relative advantage is positively related to the diffusion
of innovation (Rogers, 2003; Tornatzky and Klein, 1982). Potential organizational
benefits of green practices include reduced energy and natural resource consumption,
reduced waste and pollutant emission, improved environmental and financial
performance, and greater responsiveness to social environmental expectation (Etzion,
2007; Hart, 1995). In a study of the Spanish pulp and paper industry, Del Rio
Gonzalez (2005) suggests that economic and financial advantages are important
technological characteristics that influence the adoption of clean technologies. The
perceived net benefits that the green practice offers will serve as motivations for
companies to implement the green practice. Therefore, the following hypothesis is
proposed:

H4: Relative of green practices has a positive influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.

Organizational factors
The organizational context implies the processes and attributes that constrain or
facilitate innovation. Several studies have discussed the influences of a variety of
organizational characteristics such as quality of human resources, top management’s
leadership, organizational support, organizational culture and organizational size on
innovation diffusion (Damanpour and Schneider, 2006; Taylor and McAdam,
2004), and environmental strategy (Etzion, 2007; Gonzalez-Benito and GonzalezBenito, 2006). Sufficient organizational resources and qualified organizational
capabilities are two relevant organizational characteristics advancing innovation
(Damanpour, 1991; Jeyaraj et al., 2006) and environmental performance (Hart,
1995; Russo and Fouts, 1997). The availability of resources, management support,
organizational learning capabilities, and human resources will influence the adoption
of green practices (Alvarez-Gil et al., 2007; Lee, 2008). The followings only
introduce the quality of human resources, organizational support, and company size
because they are organizational resource-related variables widely analyzed in the
literature.

170

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

The quality of human resources is an essential factor influencing innovation
diffusion (Fichman and Kemerer, 1997; Tornatzky and Fleischer, 1990). Qualified
human resources are helpful to diffuse innovations because of their competent
learning capabilities. Implementing green practices is a complex process requiring
cross-disciplinary coordination and significant changes in the existing operation
process (Russo and Fouts, 1997). It is intensive in human resources and depends on
the development and training of tacit skills through the employees’ involvement
(Hart, 1995; Del Brio and Junquera, 2003). A company with higher innovative
capacity will be more likely to successfully implement an advanced environmental
strategy (Christmann, 2000; Judge and Elenkov, 2005). The recipient’s lack of
absorptive capacity is one of the major barriers to the transfer of technical knowledge
within a firm (Szulanski, 1996). To overcome knowledge barriers to green practice
infusion, employees need extensive, specialized training to learn the principles
underlying the innovation. Employees with competent learning capabilities will be
apt to increase their absorptive capacity through training programs that can advance
green practice infusion. Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H5: Quality of human resources has a positive influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.

Organizational support is the extent to which a company helps employees use green
practices. Providing incentive for innovation diffusion and ensuring the availability
of financial and technical resources for innovation have positive effects on the
implementation of innovation (Damanpour and Schneider, 2006; Jeyaraj et al.,
2006; Lee et al., 2005). For the development of environmental management,
organizational support is essential because the employees will be motivated to
implement green behavior and the resources required for adopting green practices
will be more easily available. Also, the top management plays an essential role in
organizational support. Many green practices require the collaboration and
coordination of different departments and divisions during diffusion process. To
ensure successful diffusion, green initiatives are usually endorsed and encouraged
from the top management (Gonzalez-Benito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006). The
central task of top management is to obtain resources and assemble them into
organizational capabilities so that the company is able to implement green practices
to achieve environmental competitive advantage (Judge and Elenkov, 2005).
Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

171

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

H6: Organizational support has a positive influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.

Company size has been repeatedly taken as a relevant organizational characteristic
influencing companies’ innovation diffusion (Frambach and Schillewaert, 2002;
Rogers, 2003) as well as environmental activities (Del Brio and Junquera, 2003;
Etzion, 2007; Gonzalez-Benito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006). In general, large
companies tend to adopt innovations and green practices more easily than small ones
because they have sufficient resources and strong infrastructures. Small companies, in
contrast, may suffer from the lack of financial resources and professionals, which
results in difficulties in adopting green practices. However, some researchers argue
that, due to less flexible structure, lower ability to adapt and more difficulty in
assimilating change, larger companies may be more difficult than smaller companies
in the infusion of innovations (Dampour and Schneider, 2006; Zhu et al., 2006).
Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H7: Company size has a negative influence on green practice infusion in Chinese logistics
companies.

Environmental factors
The environmental factors in this study refer to the standard conceptualization of
external environment in the organizational behavior literature. The external
environment in which a company conducts its business is an important factor
affecting innovation adoption and environmental strategy. Certain environmental
variables such as environmental uncertainty, environmental munificence,
governmental support, industry type, competition, and network relations are often
discussed in the literature of innovation diffusion (Frambach and Schillewaert, 2002;
Damanpour and Schneider, 2006; Jeyaraj et al., 2006; Tornatzky and Fleischer,
1990; Zhu et al., 2006) and environmental management (Etzion, 2007; GonzalezBenito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006a). Environmental uncertainty and external
resource availability are consistently regarded as two primary environmental factors
influencing innovation diffusion and environmental strategy (Aragon-Correa and
Sharma, 2003; Jeyaraj et al., 2006; Rothenberg and Zyglidopoulos, 2007; Tornatsky
and Fleischer, 1990). The government plays an important role in supporting
resources for innovation adoption (Lee, 2008; Li and Atuahene-Gima, 2002;
Scupola, 2003). Stakeholder pressure is another relevant environmental factor
influencing organizational environmental behaviors, and is widely involved in
172

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

research on environmental issues (Buysse and Verbeke, 2003; Sharma and
Henriques, 2005). The present study analyzes possible influences of environmental
uncertainty, governmental support, and stakeholder pressure on green practice
infusion.
Environmental uncertainty refers to frequent and unpredictable changes in customer
preferences, technological development, and competitive behavior perceived by the
managers. It has been viewed as the most relevant environmental characteristic that
affects a firm’s decision making (Li and Atuahene-Gima, 2002). Managers facing
uncertain business environments tend to be more proactive and use more innovative
strategies than managers in less turbulent environments. Under high environmental
uncertainty, companies will attempt to gather and process information frequently
and rapidly to address environmental changes (Gupta and Govindrajan, 1991), and
also tend to pay more efforts on innovation and increase the rate of innovation to
maintain a competitive advantage (Damanpour, 1991; Kimberly and Evanisko,
1981; Zhu and Weyant, 2003). Implementing green practices can be regarded as a
technical innovation process that can improve a company’s environmental
performance. Companies are more likely to invest in resources to implement green
practices to generate the capacity to improve environmental performance in
uncertain environments (Aragon-Correa and Sharma, 2003; Rothenberg and
Zyglidopoulos, 2007). The infusion of green practices is expected to be positively
associated with the perceived environmental uncertainty. Therefore, the following
hypothesis is proposed:

H8: Environmental uncertainty has a positive influence on green practice infusion in
Chinese logistics companies.
Governmental support is a relevant environmental factor influencing technical
innovation. The governments can advance technical innovation through several
encouraging policies such as providing financial incentive, technical resources, pilot
projects, and tax breaks (Tornatzky and Fleischer, 1990; Scupola, 2003).
Implementing green practices relies to some extent on the availability of external
resources. Munificence of resources in the business environment increases the degree
to which a company engages in environmental management (Aragon-Correa and
Sharma, 2003; Rothenberg and Zyglidopoulos, 2007). The government can raise the
munificence by providing governmental subsidies or tax incentives for alternative
energy technologies, bank financing at lower rates for environmentally friendly
technologies, and lower insurance premiums for lower environmental risks (Aragon173

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Correa and Sharma, 2003). Lee (2008), in a study of Korean small and mediumsized enterprises, also suggests that governmental support in green initiatives has a
positive influence on the company’s willingness to participate in the green supply
chain. A positive association between green practice infusion and governmental
support is expected. Therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed:

H9: Governmental support has a positive influence on green practice infusion in Chinese
logistics companies.

Stakeholders are individuals or groups who affect a company’s activities and are also
affected by the company’s activities. Stakeholder pressure is regarded as the most
prominent factor influencing a company’s environmental strategy (Buysse and
Verbeke, 2003; Gonzalez-Benito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006a; Sharma and
Henriques, 2005). According to the stakeholder theory, organizations carry out
activities to satisfy their main stakeholders. Among various groups of stakeholders,
customers and regulators are arguably viewed as a company’s most important
stakeholders (Christmann, 2004; Etzion, 2007). A body of research reveals the
positive relationships between firms’ environmental activities and customer and
regulatory pressure (e.g., Christmann, 2004; Lee, 2008; Wong and Fryxell, 2004).
The infusion of green practices will be positively associated with customer and
regulatory pressure. Therefore, the following hypotheses are proposed:

H10: Regulator pressure has a positive influence on green practice infusion in Chinese
logistics companies

H11: Customer pressure has a positive influence on green practice infusion in Chinese
logistics companies.

Methodology
To examine the influences of determinant factors on green practice infusion, this
paper collected data by means of mailing questionnaires to logistics service providers
in China. The logistics industry plays an important role in the Chinese economy.
Logistics companies provide logistics services for their customers, which include
warehousing, transportation, inventory management, order processing, and
packaging. With the fast growth in economy, the demand for logistics services has
been growing significantly in China. Also, the environmental impact of the logistics
practices has been an important issue in China. Many logistics operations often leads
174

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

to several negative environmental impacts, including air pollutants, waste disposal,
and fuel consumption. Logistics companies need to address much effort on
environmental issues.
Samples were randomly drawn from a list of logistics companies provided by the
logistics associations in China. Logistics companies carry out logistics activities for
their customers, including warehousing, transportation, inventory management,
order processing, and packaging. The sampled companies were contacted via
telephone and e-mail to confirm the names of respondents and their mailing
addresses. One thousand samples were randomly drawn from a list of logistics
companies in Shanghai. Questionnaires were mailed to these sampled companies’
owners or senior managers who are familiar with the company’s environmental
activities. Two weeks after the questionnaires were mailed, a follow-up to the
sampled companies was conducted to remind them of the importance of their
responses and thank them for their assistance. In total, 314 completed questionnaires
were returned. Of these respondents, 21 unusable questionnaires were excluded. The
overall response rate is 29.3 percent. Among the respondents, approximately 82
percent of them have less than 300 employees. Most logistics companies in China
belong to small and medium-size enterprises.
To evaluate the non-response bias, the wave analysis was used which assumes that
late respondents tend to be more similar to non-respondents than early respondents
in mail surveys (Armstrong and Overton, 1977). The non-response bias was tested
by comparing respondents who responded readily to the survey with those who
responded after the follow-up step is taken. Because comparisons of survey results
reveal no significant differences between the two groups in the level of variables, the
non-response bias is not significant in the study.
The questionnaire was developed in a two-stage process. First, an initial
questionnaire was designed based on a review of related literature and a discussion
with some experts in environmental management. Second, the initial questionnaire
was modified by accommodating some logistics managers’ suggestions to ensure that
each item adapts to the logistics industry and is interpreted as expected. Afterward
the final version of the questionnaire was administered to sampled logistics
companies with business models conforming to the logistics services.
The major constructs outlined in the present research framework include green
practice infusion, and determinant factors. The green practices commonly used in
175

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

the logistics industry include consolidating shipments, disposing waste responsibly,
purchasing ecological products, reducing energy consumption, reducing solid/water
waste and emissions, using cleaner transportation methods, and using recyclable
packaging (Gonzalez-Benito and Gonzalez-Benito, 2006; Lin and Ho, 2011;
Murphy and Poist, 2003). Infusion refers to the extent to which an innovation's
features are in widespread usage in a complete and sophisticated way (Fichmen
2001). According to innovation infusion literature (Cooper and Zmud, 1990; Yan
and Fiorito, 2007; Yu et al., 2009; Zhu et al. 2006; Zmud and Apple, 1992), we
conceptualized infusion as the extent to which major logistics operations have
integrated with green practices. Each sampled company was asked to score the degree
of infusion of green practices according to a seven-point scale anchored by “not at
all” and “to a great extent”.
The measurement of determinant factors was developed according to innovation
diffusion literature (Rogers, 2003; Tornatzkey and Fleischer 1990) and green
practice adoption model proposed by Lin and Ho (2011). Adoption cost was
measured according to the financial resources required to evaluate the green practices
and start to utilize the green practices. Complexity was measured by whether the
green practices would be learned and used easily. Compatibility was measured based
on the degrees of perceived fitness between the green practice and the company’s
existing technologies and processes. Relative advantage was measured by whether the
green practice could increase environmental and economic performance. The quality
of human resources was measured according to employees’ learning capabilities.
Organizational support was measured according to the degrees of the company’s
resource supports and leaders’ attitudes toward environment issues. The company
size was measured by the number of employees. The environmental uncertainty was
measured according to the degrees of changes in competitors’ innovative abilities,
customers’ requirement, and the development of new technologies. Governmental
support was measured by whether the government provides financial and technical
supports for adopting green practices. Customer pressure and regulatory pressure was
measured by asking the respondents to score the environmental pressure exerted by
customers and regulators.
The determinant factors were measured using seven-point Likert scales anchored by
“strongly disagree” and “strongly agree”. The measurement items of determinant
factors were submitted to factor analysis with varimax rotation. Factors with
eigenvalues greater than 1.0 are summarized in Table 1. The result of factor analysis
confirms the construct validity of this study. According to the reliability coefficients,
176

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

the smallest value of Cronbach’s alpha for this study is 0.7743, which implies that
the sampling results are reliable (Nunnally, 1978).
Table 2 shows the means, standard deviations and correlations for the variables. The
determinant factors are not highly correlated, which implies that multicollinearity
may not be significant in the following regression analysis. Furthermore, the high
correlations between green practice infusion and most of the determinant factors give
initial evidence of the hypotheses: technological, organizational, and environmental
factors are associated with the organizational infusion of green practices.
Table 1: Measurement Items for the Determinant Factors
Determinant Factors

Factor Loading

Cronbach’s α

Technological Factors (Total explained variance = 72.63% ; Cronbach’s α = 0.8598)
Adoption cost
We spend a lot of money to evaluate the green practices.
The cost in starting using the green practices is expensive.
We spend a lot of time to evaluate the green practices.
Complexity
Using the green practices needs many experiences.
Learning the green practices is difficult.
Sharing the knowledge of the green practices is difficult.
Compatibility
The green practices are compatible with our existing logistics operations.
The green practices are consistent with our company’s values.
Integrating the green practices with company’s existing system is easy.
Relative advantage
The green practices can provide better environmental performance.
The green practices can provide higher economic benefits.
The green practices can enhance our company’s reputation.

0.788
0.762
0.705

0.8179

0.804
0.759
0.698

0.8663

0.826
0.767
0.701

0.8802

0.793
0.775
0.689

0.8395

Organizational Factors (Total explained variance = 75.87% ; Cronbach’s α = 0.8906)
Quality of human resources
Employees are capable of using new technologies to solve problems easily.
Employees are capable of providing new ideas for our company.
Employees are capable of learning new technologies easily.
Employees are capable of sharing knowledge with each others.
Organizational support
Top management encourages employees to learn green knowledge.
Our company provides rewards for employees’ green behavior.
Top management can help employees dealing with environmental issues.
Our company provides resources for employees to learn green knowledge.

0.841
0.812
0.739
0.694

0.8847

0.850
0.809
0.758
0.706

0.8951

Environmental Factors (Total explained variance = 71.89% ; Cronbach’s α = 0.8297)
Environmental uncertainty
Predicting competitors’ behavior is difficult.
Customers’ preferences vary frequently.

0.738
0.667

177

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai
The advance in new logistics service modes is quickly.
Governmental support
Government provides financial support for adopting green practices.
Government helps training manpower with green logistics skills.
Government provides technical assistance for adopting green practices.
Regulatory pressure
Government sets environmental regulations for logistics operations.
Industrial associations require us to conform to environmental regulations.
Customer pressure
Our customers require us to improve environmental performance.
Caring for the environment is an important consideration for our customers.

0.605

0.7743

0.842
0.834
0.725

0.8035

0.793
0.718

0.8674

0.813
0.745

0.8317

Total Cronbach’s α = 0.8693

Table 2: Result of correlation analysis
Variables
1. Adoption
cost
2.
Complexity
3.
Compatibili
ty
4. Relative
advantage
5. Quality
of human
resources
6.
Organizatio
nal support
7. Company
size a
8.
Environmen
tal
uncertainty
9.
Governmen
tal support
10.
Regulatory
pressure
11.
Customer
pressure
12. Green
practice
infusion
a

Mea
ns
4.52

Std

1

2

3

4

5

1.7
9
1.9
0
2.0
6

1.0
0
0.1
1
0.1
2

1.0
0
0.0
3

1.0
0

1.2
8
1.3
4

0.0
9
0.0
6

0.0
6
0.0
8

0.1
1
0.0
7

1.0
0
0.0
4

1.0
0

4.97

1.1
5

0.1
2

0.0
5

0.0
8

0.1
0

0.1
9

1.0
0

4.81

1.4
7
2.0
5

0.0
4
0.0
2

0.0
2
0.0
6

0.0
4
0.0
2

0.0
9
0.0
1

0.1
3
0.0
9

4.86

1.7
2

0.0
6

0.0
9

0.0
6

0.0
8

5.17

1.5
8

0.0
3

0.0
3

5.03

1.8
4

0.0
2
0.0
5

0.0
7

4.79

1.6
3

0.2
1

0.3
6

4.41
4.25

4.92
4.73

4.08

6

7

8

9

10

0.1
8
0.1
2

1.0
0
0.0
5

1.0
0

0.1
1

0.1
5

0.0
6

0.0
2

1.0
0

0.0
6

0.0
7

0.1
6

0.1
2

0.0
7

1.0
0

0.0
3

0.0
4

0.0
9

0.1
0

0.1
1

0.5
4

0.5
9

0.5
1

0.6
4

0.1
4

0.0
3
0.1
6

0.0
6
0.0
2
0.5
6

0.4
6

0.0
9

11

12

1.0
0
0.2
9

1.0
0

Natural logarithm of the number of employees

178

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Because a single informant technique was used in data collection, the study may be
subjected to the potential for common method bias by artificially inflating observed
relationships between variables. We used Harman’s single factor test (Podsakoff,
MacKenzie, Lee and Podsakoff, 2003) to check the potential common method bias.
If common method bias exists, a single factor will emerge from a factor analysis of all
survey items, or one general factor that accounts for most of the variance in an
unrotated factor structure will result. The analysis revealed more than one factors
with eigenvalues greater than 1.0, and the first factor accounted for only about 32
percent of the variance. The results indicated that common method bias was not a
problem in the study.
Research Findings and Discussions
To test proposed research hypotheses, the regression analysis is used in the study,
which takes the eleven determinant factors as independent variables and the infusion
of green practices as the dependent variable. The regression analysis is a statistical
process for estimating the relationship between a dependent variable and several
independent variables. Before conducting the regression analysis, the regression
assumptions of homoescedasticity, linearity, normality, independence of residuals,
and the absence of multicollinearity are tested, and these assumptions are all
satisfied. Table 3 shows the standardized results of the regression analysis. The
regression results reveal that complexity, compatibility and relative advantage of
green practices, quality of human resources, organizational support, governmental
support and regulatory pressure exhibit significantly influences on green practice
infusion for the logistics companies in China. The influences of adoption cost,
company size, environmental uncertainty and customer pressure on logistics
companies’ green behavior are not significant. Except the hypotheses H1, H7, H8
and H11, all the other hypotheses are supported.

179

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Table 3: Standardized Regression Results for the Infusion of Green Practices
Dependent variables: Infusion of Green Practices
Predictors
Technological factors
Adoption cost
Complexity of technology
Compatibility of technology
Relative advantage of technology
Organizational factors
Quality of human resources
Organizational support
Company size
Environmental factors
Environmental uncertainty
Governmental support
Regulatory pressure
Customer pressure
R2
adj R2
F
* p&lt;0.05 ** p&lt;0.01

Standardized Coefficient β

t

0.089
-0.124
0.184
0.187

1.135
-2.109*
3.274**
3.986**

0.179
0.201
-0.061

2.979**
4.211**
-1.004

-0.074
0.183
0.175
0.098
0.617
0.592
24.33**

-1.084
3.315**
2.843**
1.241

To advance green practice infusion, companies can attempt to improve their
organizational learning capabilities, and make organizational resources easily
available for their employees. In addition to being a regulator, the government
should provide sufficient financial, technical and educational resources for green
practice infusion within the company.
Adoption costs include the required financial and human resources in implementing
green practices. Costs have been long posited as a barrier for the adoption of
innovations. However, some researchers argue that high adoption costs may motivate
innovation adopters to treat the innovation more seriously and implement it more
actively in order to make the innovation more cost-effective (Rogers, 2003). The
present study found that adoption cost did not have significantly influences on green
practice infusion. Complexity is the degree to which an innovation is perceived to be
relatively difficult to understand and use. It will increase the difficulty in knowledge
transfer. Green practices incorporate both tacit and explicit knowledge. The tacit
knowledge may be inherent in identifying sources of pollution, reacting quickly to
accidental spills, and proposing preventive solutions (Boiral, 2002). A green practice
with high complexity contains a lot of tacit knowledge that requires laborious efforts
to learn and diffuse. The difficulty in learning and sharing tacit knowledge makes it
difficult to infuse a green practice. Compatibility is the degree to which an
innovation is perceived as being consistent with the existing values, experiences, and
180

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

needs of the firms. Because several green practices are additions to companies’
current technologies and processes, diffusion of green practices is not a single event
but can be described as a process of knowledge accumulation and integration. Green
practices that are more compatible to a company’s current technologies and processes
will be more easily to be diffused within the organization. Relative advantage is the
perception that an innovation is more advantageous than its substitute idea. The
perceived net benefits that the green practice offers will serve as motivations for
companies to implement the green practice.
The quality of human resources is an essential factor influencing innovation
diffusion. Qualified human resources are helpful to diffuse innovations because of
their competent learning capabilities. Implementing green practices is a complex
process requiring cross-disciplinary coordination and significant changes in the
existing operation process. To overcome knowledge barriers to green practice
infusion, employees need extensive, specialized training to learn the principles
underlying the innovation. Organizational support is the extent to which a company
helps employees use innovations. Providing incentive for innovation diffusion and
ensuring the availability of financial and technical resources for innovation have
positive effects on the implementation of innovation. For the development of
environmental management, organizational support is essential because the
employees will be motivated to implement green behavior and the resources required
for adopting green practices will be more easily available. Company size has been
repeatedly taken as a relevant organizational characteristic influencing companies’
innovation diffusion as well as environmental activities. In general, large companies
tend to adopt innovations and green practices more easily than small ones because
they have sufficient resources and strong infrastructures. Small companies, in
contrast, may suffer from the lack of financial resources and professionals, which
results in difficulties in adopting green practices. However, some researchers argue
that, due to less flexible structure, lower ability to adapt and more difficulty in
assimilating change, larger companies may be more difficult than smaller companies
in the infusion of innovations (Dampour and Schneider, 2006). The present study
found that company size did not have significantly influences on green practice
infusion.
Environmental uncertainty refers to frequent and unpredictable changes in customer
preferences, technological development, and competitive behavior perceived by the
managers. It has been viewed as the most relevant environmental characteristic that
affects a firm’s decision making. The present study found that environmental
181

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

uncertainty did not have significantly influences on green practice infusion.
Governmental support is a relevant environmental factor influencing technical
innovation. Implementing green practices relies to some extent on the availability of
external resources. The government can raise the munificence by providing
governmental subsidies or tax incentives for alternative energy technologies, bank
financing at lower rates for environmentally friendly technologies, and lower
insurance premiums for lower environmental risks (Aragon-Correa and Sharma,
2003). Stakeholder pressure is regarded as the most prominent factor influencing a
company’s environmental strategy. According to the stakeholder theory,
organizations carry out activities to satisfy their main stakeholders. The infusion of
green practices was positively associated with regulatory pressure.
Conclusions
More than two decades of economic reforms have brought China unprecedented
economic growth. While China continues to develop into a global manufacturing
base and a huge consumer market, it suffers from various serious environmental
problems such as air pollution, energy waste, and water pollution. The
environmental crisis has led to some moral doldrums in China. To mitigate the
environmental degradation in China, the Chinese government has stipulated several
environmental policies, and many companies operating in China have begun to
adopt a variety of environmental management practices. To help organizations
implementing green practices successfully, it is necessary to give an analysis on the
factors influencing green practice infusion in organizations. An understanding of the
determinant factors is essential for practitioners to best implement green practices.
Although a body of research has proposed several factors influencing green practice
adoption, none of them analyzed the factors influencing green practice infusion.
This study conducts a questionnaire survey on the factors affecting green practice
adoption for logistics companies in China. The determinant factors are classified
into environmental, organizational and technological factors. The research findings
reveal that regulatory pressure, governmental support, organizational support,
quality of human resources, and relative advantage and compatibility of green
practices have significantly positive influences on organizational infusion of green
practices in Chinese logistics companies. Therefore, green practice providers should
pay more efforts to increase the explicitness and benefits of green practices while
providing green technologies, equipments and services for their clients. Logistics
companies themselves need to sustain more organizational support for employees’
182

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

green behavior, and improve their quality of human resources. In addition to being a
regulator, the government can provide sufficient resources for logistics companies to
implement green practices
The contributions of this paper include providing logistics service providers
guidelines for increasing their green competitiveness, providing the government
suggestions in designing environmental policies for the logistics industry,
contributing to an insight into the infusion of green practices in the logistics
industry, and broadening the scope of research both on environmental management
and logistics issues.
One limitation to this study is that the results may suffer from the respondent bias
because the questionnaire survey was used in the study. In addition, because this
paper focuses on organizational infusion of green practices in Chinese logistics
companies, the research findings may be limited in their generalizability. Different
countries and industrial sectors may lead to conclusions different from the present
study. Future studies can use the proposed model to other countries and industrial
sectors.
References
Alvarez-Gil, M. J., Berrone, P., Husillos, F. J., &amp; Lado, N. (2007). Reverse logistics,
stakeholders’ influence, organizational slack, and managers’ posture. Journal of
Businesss Research, 60(5), 463-473.
Aragon-Correa, J. A., &amp; Sharma, S. (2003). A contingent resource-based view of
proactive corporate environmental strategy. Academy of Management Review, 28(1),
71-88.
Armstrong, J. S., &amp; Overion, T. S. (1977). Estimating nonresponse bias in mail
surveys. Journal of Marketing Research, 14(3), 396-402.
Boiral, O. (2002). Tacit knowledge and environmental management. Long Range
Planning, 35(3), 291-317.
Buysse, K., &amp; Verbeke, A. (2003). Proactive environmental strategies: A stakeholder
management perspective. Strategic Management Journal, 24(5), 453-470.
183

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Chang, P. L., &amp; Lung, S. S. C. (2002). Organizational changes for advanced
manufacturing technology infusion: An empirical study. International Journal of
Management, 19(2), 206-217.
Christmann, P. (2000). Effects of “best practices” of environment management on
cost competitiveness: The role of complementary assets. Academy of Management
Journal, 43(4), 663-680.
Christmann, P., &amp; Taylor, G. (2006). Firm self-regulation through international
certifiable standards: determinants of symbolic versus substantive implementation.
Journal of International Business Studies, 37(6), 863-878.
Cooper, R. B., &amp; Zmud, R. W. (1990). Information technology implementation
research: a technological diffusion approach. Management Science, 36(2), 123-139.
Damanpour, F. (1991). Organizational innovation: a meta-analysis of effects of
determinants and moderators. Academy of Management Journal, 34(3), 555-590.
Damanpour, F., &amp; Schneider, M. (2006). Phases of the adoption of innovation in
organizations: effects of environment, organization and top managers. British Journal
of Management, 17(1), 215-236.
Darnall, N. (2006). Why firms mandate ISO 14001 certification. Business &amp; Society,
45(3), 354-381.
Del Brio, J. A., &amp; Junquera, B. (2003). A review of the literature on environmental
innovation management in SMEs: implications for public policies. Technovation,
23(12), 939-948.
Del Rio Gonzalez, P. (2005). Analysing the factors influencing clean technology
adoption: A study of the Spanish pulp and paper industry. Business Strategy and the
Environment, 14(1), 20-37.
Dupuy, D. (1997). Technological change and environmental policy: the diffusion of
environmental technology. Growth and Change, 28(1), 49-66.
Eder, L. B. &amp; Igbaria, M. (2001). Determinants of intranet diffusion and infusion.
Omega: The International Journal of Management Science, 29(3), 233-242.
184

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Etzion, D. (2007). Research on organizations and the natural environment, 1992present: A review. Journal of Management, 33(4), 637-664.
Fichman, R. G. (2001). The role of aggregation in the measurement of IT-related
organizational innovation. MIS Quarterly, 25(4), 427-455.
Fichman, R. G., &amp; Kemerer, C. F. (1997). The assimilation of software process
innovation: an organizational learning perspective. Management Science, 43(10),
1345-1363.
Fichman, R. G., &amp; Kemerer, C. F. (1999). The illusory diffusion of innovation: an
examination of assimilation gaps. Information Systems Research, 10(3), 255–275.
Frambach, R. T., &amp; Schillewaert, N. (2002). Organizational innovation adoption: a
multi-level framework of determinants and opportunities for future research. Journal
of Business Research, 55(2), 163-176.
Fussel, L., &amp; Georg, S. (2000). The institutionalization of environmental concerns:
making the environment perform. International Studies of Management and
Organization, 30(3), 41-58.
Gonzalez-Benito, J., &amp; Gonzalez-Benito, O. (2006). The role of stakeholder
pressure and managerial values in the implementation of environmental logistics
practices. International Journal of Production Research, 44(7), 1353-1373.
Gunasekaran, A., &amp; Cheng, T. C. E. (2008). Special issue on logistics: new
perspectives and challenges. Omega: The International Journal of Management
Science, 36(4), 505-508.
Gupta, A. K., &amp; Govindrajan, V. (1991). Knowledge flows and the structure of
control within multinational corporations. Academy of Management Review, 16(4),
768-792.
Hansen, O. E., Sondergard, B., &amp; Meredith, S. (2002). Environmental innovations
in small and medium sized enterprises. Technology Analysis &amp; Strategic Management,
14(1), 37-56.
185

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Hart, S. L. (1995). A natural resource-based view of the firm. Academy of
Management Review, 20(4), 986-1014.
Henriques, I., &amp; Sadorsky, P. (2007). Environmental technical and administrative
innovations in the Canadian Manufacturing Industry. Business Strategy and the
Environment, 16(2), 119-132.
Iacovou, C. L., Benbasat, I., &amp; Dexter, A. S. (1995). Electronic data interchange
and small organizations: adoption and impact of technology. MIS Quarterly, 19(4),
465-485.
Jeyaraj, A., Rottman, J. W., &amp; Lacity, M. C. (2006). A review of the predictors,
linkages, and biases in IT innovation adoption research. Journal of Information
Technology, 21(1), 1-23.
Judge, W. Q., &amp; Elenkov, D. (2005). Organizational capacity for change and
environmental performance: an empirical assessment of Bulgarian firms. Journal of
Business Research, 58(7), 893-901.
Kimberly, J. R., &amp; Evanisko, M. J. (1981). Organizational innovation: the influence
of individual, organizational, and contextual factors on hospital adoption of
technological and administrative innovations. Academy of Management Journal,
24(4), 689-713.
Lee, H. Y., Lee, Y-K., &amp; Kwon D. (2005). The intention to use computerized
reservation systems: the moderating effects of organizational support and supplier
incentive. Journal of Business Research, 58(11), 1552-1561.
Lee, S. (2008). Drivers for the participation of small and medium-sized suppliers in
green supply chain initiatives. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal,
13(3), 185-198.
Li, H., &amp; Atuahene-Gima, K. (2002). The adoption of agency business activity,
product innovation, and performance in Chinese technology ventures. Strategic
Management Journal, 23(6), 469-490.
Lin, C. Y., &amp; Ho, Y. H. (2011). Determinants of green practice adoption for
logistics companies in China. Journal of Business Ethics, 98(1), 67-83.
186

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Liu, X., Liu, B., Shishime, T., Yu Q., Bi, J., &amp; Fujitsuka, T. (2010). An empirical
study on the driving mechanism of proactive corporate environmental management
in China. Journal of Environmental Management, 91(6), 1707-1717.
Meyer, A. D., &amp; Goes, J. B. (1988). Organizational assimilation of innovations: a
multilevel contextual analysis. Academy of Management Journal, 31(4), 897-923.
Murphy, P. R., &amp; Poist, R. F. (2000). Green logistics strategies: an analysis of usage
patterns. Transportation Journal, 40(2), 5-16.
Murphy, P. R., &amp; Poist, R. F. (2003). Green perspectives and practices: a
“comparative logistics” study. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal,
8(2), 122-131.
Nunnally, J. C. (1978). Psychometric Theory. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., Lee, J.-Y., &amp; Podsakoff, N. P. (2003).
Common method biases in behavioral research: a critical review of the literature and
recommended remedies. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88(5), 879-903.
Pun, K. F. (2006). Determinants of environmentally responsible operations: a
review. International Journal of Quality &amp; Reliability Management, 23(2/3), 279-297.
Ranganathan, C., Dhaliwal, J. S., &amp; Teo, T. S. H. (2004). Assimilation and
diffusion of web technologies in supply-chain management: an examination of key
drivers and performance impacts. International Journal of Electronic Commerce, 9(1),
127-161.
Rogers, E. M. (2003). Diffusion of innovations, 5th ed. New York, NY: Free Press.
Rothenberg, S., &amp; Zyglidopoulos, S. C. (2007). Determinants of environmental
innovation adoption in the printing industry: the importance of task environment.
Business Strategy and the Environment, 16(1), 39-49.
Scupola, A. (2003). The adoption of Internet commerce by SMEs in the South of
Italy: an environmental, technological and organizational perspective. Journal of
Global Information Technology Management, 6(1), 52-71.
187

�Yi-Hui Ho, Chieh-Yu Lin, Jung-Shun Tsai

Sharma, S., &amp; Henriques, I. (2005). Stakeholder influences on sustainability
practices in the Canadian forest products industry. Strategic Management Journal,
26(2), 159-180.
Sia, C-L., Teo, H-H., Tan, B. C. Y., &amp; Wei, K-K. (2004). Effects of environmental
uncertainty on organizational intention to adopt distributed work arrangements.
IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 51(3), 253-267.
Stead, E., McKinney, M. M., &amp; Stead, J. G. (1998). Institutionalizing
environmental performance in U.S. industry: Is it happening and what if it does
not? Business Strategy and the Environment, 7(5), 261-271.
Szulanski, G. (1996). Exploring internal stickiness: Impediments to the transfer of
best practice within the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 17(1), 27-43.
Taylor, J., &amp; McAdam, R. (2004). Innovation adoption and implementation in
organizations: a review and critique. Journal of General Management, 30(1), 17-38.
Tornatzky, L. G., &amp; Fleischer, M. (1990). The process of technological innovation.
Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.
Winn, M. I., &amp; Angell, L. C. (2000). Towards a process model of corporate
greening. Organization Studies, 21(6), 1119-1147.
Yan, H., &amp; Fiorito, S. S. (2007). CAD/CAM diffusion and infusion in the US
apparel industry. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, 11(2), 238-245.
Yu, S., Mishra, A. N., Gopal, A. &amp; Mukhopadhyay, T. (2009). IT infusion and its
performance impacts: An empirical analysis of e-procurement in the service industry.
International Conference on Information Systems (ICIS) 2009 Proceedings. Paper 121.
December 15-18, Phoenix, Arizona.
Zhu, K., Kraemer, K. L., &amp; Xu, S. (2006). The process of innovation assimilation
by firms in different countries: a technology diffusion perspective on e-business.
Management Science, 52(10), 1557-1576.

188

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices
in Chinese Logistics Companies

Zhu, K., &amp; Weyant, J.P. (2003). Strategic decisions of new technology adoption
under asymmetric information: a game-theoretic model. Decision Sciences, 34(4),
643-675.
Ziegler, A., &amp; Seijas Nogareda, J. (2009). Environmental management systems and
technological environmental innovations: exploring the causal relationship. Research
Policy, 38(5), 885-893.
Zmud, R. W., &amp; Apple, L. E. (1992). Measuring information technology infusion.
Production and Innovation Management, 9(2), 148-155.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to the National Science Council of the Republic of China for the
financial support of this work under the grant NSC 100-2410-H-309-013.

189

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3876">
                <text>2410</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3877">
                <text>An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green An Empirical Study on Organizational Infusion of Green Practices in Chinese Logistics Companies    </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3878">
                <text>Ho, Yi-Hui 
Lin, Chieh-Yu 
Tsai, Jung-Shun </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3879">
                <text>As environmental considerations have become a fundamental part of business strategies, there is a challenge for managers and academicians to explore the integration of environmental concepts and business operations. Although a number of studies on green practice adoption can be found in the literature, few of them analyzed the infusion of green practices in organizations. Furthermore, most prior research of green management focused on manufacturing sectors; scarce attention was paid on research in service sectors. This paper focuses on the green practice infusion in logistics companies because many logistics operations often lead to several environmental impacts. The main purpose of this paper is to explore the factors that affect organizational infusion of green practices in Chinese logistics companies. Drawing on the innovation diffusion theory, this paper groups the determinant factors into technological, organizational and environmental dimensions. We explored the influences of determinant factors on green practice infusion by conducting a questionnaire survey on logistics companies in China. The regression analysis is used to test proposed research hypotheses in the study Research findings reveal that complexity, compatibility and relative advantage of green practices, quality of human resources, organizational support, governmental support and regulatory pressure exhibit significantly influences on green practice infusion for the logistics companies in China. The influences of adoption cost, company size, environmental uncertainty and customer pressure on logistics companies’ green behavior are not significant. This paper can extend the scope of research on green management in service industries and green practice infusion.  </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3880">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3881">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3882">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="6">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="506" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="530">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/6d99c5d670f191432cb78777289c240f.pdf</src>
        <authentication>bcad4637b70d3524dff8830715bc34e0</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3884">
                <text>2408</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3885">
                <text>Combating Poverty towards Actualizing the Millennium Development Goals and Beyond: Do Cash Transfer Programmes add up to the Agenda?</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3886">
                <text>Ibrahim , Muazu 
Yeboah, Tomas</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3887">
                <text>The Millennium Development Goals (MDG) among other things have not only brought poverty reduction onto the global development agenda but have also urged countries to help halve poverty by 2015. Various policy initiatives have been implemented towards actualizing the first MDG. Ghana, through its policy programmes is at the verge of meeting MDG 1 well before 2015. One of such programmes is the Livelihood Empowerment against Poverty (LEAP) which provides direct cash transfers to extreme poor and vulnerable. Do cash transfers add up to the agenda? By invoking a non-parametric chi-square test, we find evidence of the contribution of the cash transfer programme in LEAP-ing beneficiaries out of poverty by supplementing their income levels as well as improving their livelihoods. At least in our study area, we found a 29% decrease in the number of beneficiaries earning below the lower poverty line while 61% have been able to meet part of their basic needs. To ensure a continual reduction in poverty, we argue for the need to fundamentally go beyond short-term gains through co-ordinated, purposeful social and complementary services that will create opportunity for empowerment among the poor and vulnerable households. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3888">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3889">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3890">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="6">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="507" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="531">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/3c4031b55b2ca08c76b2801fc1e6813a.pdf</src>
        <authentication>d45fd97255d4e797ed1d0b03868489b8</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3898">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie,
Television and Video Game Media
Vildan Jusufović Karışık
Fatih University
Turkey
vjusufovic@fatih.edu.tr
Abstract: The popularity of product placement as a Keywords: Product placements,
viable alternative to traditional commercials has been brand placements, movie placements,
increasing rapidly. Latest PQ Media report (2012) video game placements, TV
noted that global spending on product placement has placements
already reached $8.25 billion. However, despite its
popularity, extant academic research on product
placement lags behind its practice. The aim of this
paper is to review, categorize and analyze exhaustively
the existing product placement literature with the
purpose of identifying possible research gaps for
academics and guidelines of effective product
placements for practitioners interested in the field. 73
academic studies that in particular focus on product
placements within movies, television (TV)
programmes and video games were examined. The
exhaustive review revealed that studies in the US
investigating product placement effectiveness through
memory related measures and consumer attitudes
dominate the product placement literature. However,
studies investigating effects of product placement on
measures other than memory related and attitudinal
ones are extremely scarce. Based on the identified
research gaps, an agenda for future studies is
suggested. Also, factors that were evidenced to trigger
product placement effects throughout the literature are
revealed and outlined for practitioners use.

JEL Classification: M370, M310,

M300.

Article History:

Submitted: 7 March 2014
Resubmitted: 6 May 2014
Accepted: 15 May 2014

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JECOSS
114210

253

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Introduction
Product placement can be defined briefly as the inclusion of brand and/or brand
identifying items within mass media programming such as cinema and TV (Karrh,
1998). The practice was first seen in the mid-1890s i. Product placement became a
subject of interest for academia during the 1980s following the release of Spielberg’s
blockbuster film E.T. (1982). It was suggested that Hershey experienced a 66%
increase in sales of their Reese’s Pieces candy as a result of product placement in the
film (Gupta and Lord, 1998; Gupta and Gould, 1997). Practitioner and scholarly
interest in product placement has skyrocketed since then and product placement on
the silver screen has spread to other mass media vehicles, particularly, TV.
Product placement on TV was rapidly adopted. The introduction of the DVR ii,
which is blamed for decreasing the effectiveness of traditional commercials, has
encouraged advertisers to constantly search for viable alternatives. Product placement
offers an alternative with several advantages over the venerable 30-second
commercial.
First, product placement ensures that the advertiser’s message is integrated within the
program content. Thus, the TV audience, who mostly opt to zap to other channels
when commercials begin (Altaş and Öztunç, 2013), cannot easily avoid product
placements. Second, product placement is less intrusive. Placed products are
perceived as more natural and credible by the audience, generating favorable
consumer associations and goodwill. Traditional commercials are liable to activate
the Persuasion Knowledge Model iii that is referenced in the marketing literature
(Reijmersdal et al., 2007; d’Astous and Chartier, 1998). Third, placements are often
more economical than traditional commercials. A season-length placement within a
prime-time TV program costs, on average, $200,000 in the United States; whereas a
single 30-second commercial within the same type of prime-time programing costs
approximately $475,000 (Wells, 1996, in Law and Braun, 2000).
Soon, product placements began appearing within media vehicles other than movies
and TV programmes. Especially, video games iv started to use very often product
placements as a way to add verisimilitude to their virtual worlds. Dole branded
bananas in Super Monkey Ball (2001), Sony Ericsson phones in Splinter Cell
(2002), Nike, Adidas, Umbro uniforms, crampons in Pro Evolution Soccer (PES)
and FIFA games (2008) are examples of video game product placements.
Notwithstanding this, there are also instances in which product placements appear
254

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

within songs (Volvo cars, Aldo shoes in I don’t give a named song by Madonna,
2012), music videos (Sony Xperia in Avril Lavigne’s music video Rock N Roll), even
novels. To illustrate, British writer Fay Weldon accepted financing from Italian
jewellery company, Bulgari, in return to prominently mention the firm and its
products in her novel. In fact, Weldon did more than merely mention Bulgari; she
integrated Bulgari to the plot and named her 2001 book “The Bulgari Connection”,
thus earning the renown as the first novel with paid product placement.
Prevalence of product placement practice on different media channels has thus been
on rise. However, just as Karrh (1998) noted, academic research on product
placement could not keep pace with the growth of its practice. Consequently, a
review of the extant literature on product placement research that will provide the
current status and identify research gaps will be of high value for both scholars and
practitioners. This paper aims at fulfilling this purpose through reviewing,
categorizing and analyzing studies which investigated product placement practice
particularly in movies, TV programmes and video games.
Paper is further organized in four main sections. The next section presents the
analysis of the reviewed literature that was adopted for the purposes of this study,
with its scope, methodology, and framework detailly explained. While the third
section presents results of the analysis, the fourth discusses them exhaustively.
Finally, the fifth section concludes, as well as, notes limitations along with
suggestions for future product placement studies.
Literature Analysis
The analysis of the product placement literature is conducted as in the following.
First, the scope of and the methodology adopted for this literature review study are
presented. Next, the framework of the literature analysis is explained.
Scope of the Literature Analysis and the Analysis Methodology
For the purposes of this study, keyword search and reference search were performed.
First, keyword search was carried out for full text, peer-reviewed research studies
written in English through using keywords like, “product placement”, “brand
placement”, “TV product placement”, video game placement”, “advergame” within
refereed academic journals of EBSCOHOST database. Only the EBSCOHOST
255

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

database was scanned because it is the database that included the most relevant
studies for the selected subject amongst those the researcher had full access to.
In addition, to evaluate if all key academic studies within the selected subject area
were included, reference search was conducted via the "snowball method" by
reviewing the references of the articles found in the database. Again, only published,
peer-reviewed articles were selected with the exception of two studies that were
neccessarily taken into consideration to provide a better picture of the research
theme v. Studies reviewing product placement literature (e.g. Kureshi and Sood,
2010), as well as, those dealing with product placement history (e.g. Newell et al.,
2006), regulation (e.g. Gupta et al., 2000) were not considered relevant for the
purposes of this review and thus were excluded. Additionally, studies that have
investigated product placements within other alternative media such as novels, songs,
music videos were scarce vi and thus they were also excluded from this review study.
Description and Framework of the Literature Analysis
A total of 73 out of 266 accessed studies that were published between 1993 and
2013 were considered to be relevant to the selected suject area. Most of them were
published in Journal of Advertising (n=8, 11%), Journal of Current Issues and
Research in Advertising (n=5, 6.8%) and International Journal of Advertising (n=4,
5.4%). The majority of the studies were focused on the movie medium (n=38,
52%), followed by TV (n=19, 26%) and lastly by the video game medium (n=14,
19%).
Their methodologies, in general, were either experimental research design (n=39, 53
%), or survey (n=20, 27 %) and, in a few cases, content analysis (n=8, 11%).
Additionally, sample of the majority of studies involved university students (n=30,
41%). While with the experimental research design the effectiveness of product
placement question was investigated, surveys, in general, investigated product
placement acceptability and the content analyses, were employed for investigating
prevalence and characteristics of the product placements.
Although in partial, findings of the experimental research studies provided invaluable
insights for answering the product placement effectiveness question for all three
media. Since the majority of the product placement effectiveness studies investigated
the effect of placements on consumer memory and attitude in particular, their effects
256

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

on behavioural outcomes, such as purchase intention and preference for placed
products remained indeterminate.
Surveys, on the other hand, enabled to discover that men are more accepting
product placements than women, as well as, that countries do not differ drastically in
relation to their acceptability of ethically charged goods.
Finally, researchers that administered content analysis were able to reveal the nature,
characteristics and prevalence of product placements for the medium they were
interested with their chosen research method.
In the following pages, first results from the analysis of product placement studies on
movie medium is given, to be followed by TV and then video game product
placements, respectively.
Results of the Analyses
Research on Product Placements in Movies
Movies are the most investigated product placement medium in the literature. 38
out of 73 studies that were reviewed for this study were focused on movie product
placements. In most of the studies investigating product placement effectiveness
through memory related measures (n=13, 34.2%), attitude (n=4, 10.5%) or both
(n=5, 13.15%) was the aim. Practitioners’ views (n=5, 13.15 %), ethics and
acceptability of product placements and their cross-national comparison (n=7,
18.4%) were other frequently investigated subjects, whereas, brand consciousness
(n=2, 5.2%), consumer interpretations (n=2, 5.2%), purchase intention for placed
products were seldom examined for movie product placements. Thus, research on
movie product placements can be categorized roughly under three streams:
• Studies on movie placement effectiveness
• Studies dealing with ethics, acceptability of movie placements and their crossnational comparison
• Studies examining practitioners’ views on movie placements
Discussion of main findings for the above mentioned streams are provided next.

257

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Movie placement effectiveness
Majority of scholars attempted to measure movie placement effectiveness through
examining its effect on consumer memory. Recall (Gupta and Lord, 1998; Nelson
and Devanathan, 2006; Bressoud and Lehu, 2007; Lehu and Bressoud, 2008; 2009),
and recognition (Brennan and Babin, 2004), which are known as explicit memory
measures, as well as, brand salience vii (Babin and Carder, 1996a; Johnstone and
Dodd, 2000) were the most widely applied memory-related effectiveness measures.
Often, together with consumer memory, consumer attitude toward movie product
placements and placed products were investigated as well (Panda, 2000; Yang and
Roskos-Ewoldsen, 2007; Dens et al., 2012; d’Astous and Chartier, 2000; Cholinski,
2012).
Results of these studies, in general, reported that movie placements do have
significant effect on enhancing consumer memory (Gupta and Lord, 1998; Nelson
and Devanathan, 2006; Lehu and Bressoud, 2007; 2008; 2009; Brennan and Babin,
2004; Babin and Carder, 1996; Johnstone and Dodd, 2000; Argan et al., 2007) and
generating positive consumer attitude for products being placed (Panda, 2000; Yang
and Roskos-Ewoldsen, 2007; Dens et al., 2012; d’Astous and Chartier, 2000;
Cholinski, 2012). Strong connection of the product placement to the movie plot was
found to be vital for ensuring both high recall rates and positive consumer attitude.
Even in cases when the strong plot connected placements viii were seen only for a
short period (4-6 sec) on the screen, unaided recall rate was reported to reach 86.6%
(Argan et al., 2007). Nonetheless, the product placement strategy that involves
combination of strong plot connection with high prominence ix was widely
acknowledged to generate even better results but only for retrieval of the placed
brand in consumer memory (Gupta and Lord, 1998; Bressoud and Lehu, 2007;
Lehu and Bressoud, 2008; 2009; Panda, 2010; Yang and Roskos-Ewoldsen, 2007;
Brennan and Babin, 2004; d’Astous and Chartier, 2000; Cholinski, 2012). The
same combination was not found to generate positive consumer attitude (Dens et al.,
2012; d’Astous and Chartier, 2000; Cholinski, 2012) since highly prominent
placements were often being criticized by the audience for being irritating and
distracting from their viewing experience. Strong plot connected but less prominent
placements (Dens et al., 2012; d’Astous and Chartier, 2000) were evidenced to
attract positive consumer attitudes, especially when they were embedded within
humorous film scenes (Jin and Villegas, 2007),.

258

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Additionally, audio-visual placements were found to generate better memory results
than visual-only placements (Brennan and Babin, 2004). However, adding an audio
and/or visual reference to an already high prominent and high plot connected
placement was found to generate mixed results on consumer memory. Since
Cholinski (2012) found that if a highly prominent and plot integrated placement is
an audio-visual one, then regardless of all other executional variables, it will generate
high recall and recognition rates. Nonetheless, when Gupta and Lord (1998) added
an audio reference to an already visual highly prominent and plot connected
placement, they did not observe enhanced recall rates, whereas, when Brennan and
Babin (2004) did the same, they observed enhanced recognition scores.
Furthermore, other factors that were reported to enhance explicit memory of the
placed brand/product were use of the product by the main character (Yang and
Roskos-Ewoldsen, 2007), familiarity with the product (Brennan and Babin, 2004;
Panda, 2004), first viewing of the film at the cinema as well as its second viewing at
home on a large screen, liking of the movie, its genre, its director (Lehu and
Bressoud, 2008 ;2009; Bressoud et al., 2010) and brand consciousness (Nelson and
Devanathan, 2006) which was also found to be highly effective in generating “the
most favourable” consumer attitude towards placements (Nelson and McLeod,
2005). Conditions that were reported to increase brand salience were liking the film
and being high self-monitor (Johnstone and Dodd, 2000).
On the other hand, although purchase intention is an important effectiveness
measure, it has been seldom considered when tapping movie placement effectiveness
(Ong and Meri, 1994; Vollmers and Mizerski, 1994; Morton and Friedman; Jin and
Villegas, 2007). Also, the results of the few studies are far from reputing significant
effects of movie placement on purchase intention. Since while Ong and Meri
(1994), as well as, Vollmers and Mizerski (1994) did not observe enhanced purchase
intention for products integrated within a movie, Jin and Villegas (2007) did observe
enhanced purchase intention for placed products but in particular for positively preevaluated brands/products. Auty and Lewis (2004), who examined preference for
placed products by children of ages ranging from 6 to 12, reported that children
showed higher preference for placed brands but their preference, in addition to
placement, was found to be affected by their prior exposure to the brand as well.
Therefore, it can be concluded that based on the reviewed studies the effect of movie
placements on consumer memory and attitude is appreciable but their effect on
259

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

behavioural outcomes, such as purchase intention and preference for placed products
is as yet indeterminate.
Ethics, acceptability of movie product placements and their cross-national
comparison
This stream of scholars opted to investigate placement effectiveness indirectly rather
than directly, through dealing with placement acceptability and ethical issues which
in turn were assumed to have impact on consumer attitudes (Nebenzahl and
Secunda, 1993; Gupta and Gould, 1997; Gould et al., 2000; Brennan et al., 2004;
Eisend, 2009; Delorme and Reid, 1999).
Ethical concerns regarding placements are twofold: objecting to product placements
in general since they are perceived to have subliminal effects and objecting to
placements of specific products.
First, in general, positive attitudes toward movie placements (Nebenzahl and
Secunda, 1993) especially by non-students (Sung et al., 2009) and those who value
perceived realism, fewer restrictions (Gupta and Gould, 1997) were evidenced.
Although subtle placements of familiar brands were perceived as enhancing realism
(Delorme and Reid, 1999), there were also those, though in minority, who perceived
this subtlety as deceptive and expressed negative attitudes (Nebenzahl and Secunda,
1993). Also excessive placements of generic brands were evaluated as being irritating
and distracting from their viewing experience (Delorme and Reid, 1999).
On the other hand, perceived (un)acceptability of movie placements was found to
differ based on the nature of products, gender and movie watching frequency of the
audience. First with regard to their nature, products in the product placement
literature were distinguished by Gupta and Gould (1997) as being ethically charged
and non-ethically charged ones. Ethically charged goods were defined as those that
arouse ethical concerns and differences across consumers regarding their marketing
and consumption, such as alcoholic beverages, guns and tobacco. On the other hand,
all goods other than ethically charged ones were called as non-ethically charged
goods or neutral goods, such as fatty foods, cars, beverages etc.
Next, it was evidenced consistently across product placement literature that
placement of ethically charged goods are less acceptable than placement of neutral
products in US (Gupta and Gould, 1997; Brennan et al., 2004). Despite this, US
260

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

consumers perceived the regulation need for placement of ethically charged goods
only for the sake of non-adult audience members (Sung et al., 2009). Additionally,
in US, males and frequent movie watchers were found to tolerate and accept
placement of ethically charged goods more than females and infrequent movie
watchers.
Thus, it can be noted that the earlier studies dealing with placement ethics and
acceptability of placements were mainly based on data gathered from US
respondents. Fortunately, Gould et al. (2000) took an initiative and compared their
findings generated from a US sample in 1997 with those they had generated from
Austrian and French samples. Also, other studies that compared attitudes towards
and acceptability of product placement by American consumers to those by Chinese,
Australian, Austrian, French (McKehnie and Zhou, 2003) and Italian consumers
(Nelli, 2009) emerged. All of these studies revealed that US consumers were more
accepting and more likely to purchase placed products (country-based difference)
than the French, the Austrian, the Australian, the Italian and the Chinese
consumers. Nevertheless, ethically charged goods, regardless of country, were found
to be less accepted by females and infrequent moviegoers (product difference).
Similarly, regardless of country, males were evidenced to purchase the placed
product more than females (gender difference).
Furthermore, data of the above mentioned studies by Gould et al. (2000) and
Brennen et al. (2004) McKehnie and Zhou (2003) were combined with the one by
Mouskourova et al. (2006) in another study that attempted to generalize
acceptability of ethically charged and neutral goods over seven different countries
(Eisend, 2009). The seven different contries were USA, France, Austria (Gould et
al., 2000), Australia (Brennan et al., 2004), China (McKehnie and Zhou, 2003),
Germany and Bulgaria (Mouskourava, 2005). As a result, Eisend (2009) reported
that acceptability of ethically charged goods was generalizable and it was described as
“indifferent” (between acceptable and unacceptable) consistently across seven
countries. Also gender related product placement acceptability was generalizable.
However, acceptability of neutral products was not generalizable as its accepting
levels differed across seven countries. Finally, Torrano and Flores (2009), who
compared attitudes toward product placement by French and Spanish consumers,
did not also observe significant differences between the Frenchs and the Spanishs in
relation to their product placement attitudes.

261

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

So, based on the above mentioned exceptional studies, countries do not differ
drastically in relation to their acceptability of ethically charged goods. Nonetheless,
there is still a gap regarding the ethical concerns and acceptability of product
placements within countries other than US.
Practitioners’ views on movie product placements
Some scholars, alternatively, showed a special interest in the practitioners’ beliefs
when examining product placements on the silver screen (Karrh, 1995; McKee and
Pardun, 1996; 2000; Karrh, McKee and Pardun, 2003; Jan and Martina, 2013) .
Karrh (1995) was the first to investigate practitioners’ views. His seminal study
involved a survey of 23 ERMA x members, who described the most effective brand
placements as those that were “easily recognized”, “portrayed positively in the movie
plot”, as well as, “being accompanied by further promotional support”. Moreover,
practitioners in his study generally noted recall and recognition as the best measures
of brand placement effectiveness.
Subsequently, Pardun and McKee (1996) surveyed 89 advertising agency media
directors and examined factors most important in making product placement
decision for a feature film. “National viewing potential”, “price of the placement”
and “theme of the movie” were noted as the most important ones, while “action in
the movie”, “international viewing potential”, “movie producer” as the least
important ones out of 10 listed factors. Practitioners noted further positive and long
term roles as well as increased use of movie placements in future.
Pardun and McKee (2000) later repeated the same study with 106 public relations
(PR) professionals. PR professionals reported “international viewing potential”
instead of national one together with “price of the placement” and “theme of the
movie” as the most important factors.
Later on, Karrh together with McKee and Pardun (2003) repeated his seminal study
conducted in 1995 to reveal the evolution of practitioners’ product placement views.
The survey items from Karrh’s study was responded 28 ERMA members and results
revealed that effective placements in 2003 mandated a more expanded set of both
executional factors and brand characteristics. Also, the importance attached by
practitioners to each executional factor and brand characteristic increased. More
practitioners in 2003 believed that product placements have a subliminal dimension
262

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

than in 1995. Additionally, practitioners’ belief regarding the future rise in product
placements was reinforced in 2003.
With the exception of a recent study, in which Jan and Martina (2013) revealed that
Czech practitioners are sure of product placement efficiency and regard it as longterm marketing field that involves brand-building efforts, studies investigating
practitioners’ views, especially those of other than US, are extremely hard-to-comeby.
Research on Product Placements on TV
TV product placements have been attracting scholarly interest especially in the last
decade, when 16 out of 19 reviewed TV placement studies were conducted. Studies
on TV product placement mostly focused on its effectiveness (n=10, 52.6%)
through attitude (n=5, 26.3%), memory related measures (n=3, 15.7%) or both
(n=2, 10.5%) at the same time. On the other hand, another stream of studies
investigated its prevalence and characteristics (n=7, 36.8%). It can be noted that
scholars mainly employed either experiment (n=9, 47.3%) or content analysis (n=7,
36.8%) method to investigate product placement applications on TV programmes.
Those who investigated its effectiveness used the experiment method, while those
who aimed at shedding light on its nature and characteristics employed the content
analysis method.
Academic studies on TV product placements can be examined under two categories:
• Studies on TV placement effectiveness
• Studies investigating prevalence, nature and characteristics of TV placements
TV placement effectiveness
Just as movie placement effectiveness, effectiveness of TV placements was generally
tapped through consumer attitude and memory related measures.
The methodology utilized most frequently was viewing by a sample of students a
whole TV programme or an excerpt from it with product placements. This viewing
experience was immediately followed by a questionnaire that probed recall,
recognition levels and/or attitudes towards the placed products by the sample
audience (Law and Braun, 2000; Reijmersdal et al., 2007; Tiwsakul et al., 2005;
263

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Cowley and Barron, 2008; Homer, 2009). In general, overall enhancement of recall
and recognition levels for placed products (Law and Braun, 2000) and positive
attitudes towards TV placements as well as placed products were noted (Tiwsakul et
al., 2005; Schmoll et al., 2006).
Results with regard to effective placement strategies revealed that products that were
placed as visual-only were least recalled but mostly preferred, whereas products that
were placed central to the plot were most recalled but least preferred ones on the TV
screen (Law and Braun, 2000). It was also evidenced that incongruences between
modality (visual or audio) and plot connection attracts consumer attention and thus
improves memory for placed product. However, persuasion was found to enhance by
congruency, therefore the said incongruence was reported to affect consumer
attitude negatively (Russell, 2002; d’Astous and Seguin, 1998).
High prominence was not found to be a promising characteristic for TV placement
effectiveness as it was for movie placements. Highly prominent TV placements were
found to diminish positive consumer attitudes, especially in case of being repeated
frequently for known brands and being displayed in favourite programmes. On the
contrary, subtle placements were evidenced to generate positive consumer attitudes
(Cowley and Barron, 2008; Homer, 2009).
Moreover, placements of ethically charged goods were found to arouse ethical
concerns and negative attitudes on TV screen as well. Females were once more found
to evaluate placements of ethically charged goods more negatively than males
(Tiwsakul et al., 2005; Schmoll et al., 2006). Additionally, subliminal, implicit and
passive placements were found to arouse negative attitudes and ethical concerns,
especially when they were within information and services TV programme type
(Tiwsakul et al., 2005). On the other hand, congruity between placement sponsor
and the program was found to generate positive ethical and evaluative reactions for
all TV program types except for mini-series and dramas, in which placements were
evidenced to generate most negative attitudes (d’Astous and Seguin,1998).
Additionally, genre of the TV programme was found to influence effectiveness of
product placement as well. Russell and Stern (2005a) studied US sitcoms and they
found out, based on their Product-Character Association (PCA) model, that US
audience associate products placed within sitcoms with the sitcom characters and
their attitudes toward placed products was found to be driven by their attitude
264

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

toward the characters. The same association was evidenced to occur in case of US
soap operas as well (Russell and Stern, 2006).
On the other hand, Gupta and Gould (2007) examined placements within TV game
shows in particular. First, they studied how consumers evaluate game shows and
products placed in them and subsequently their effectiveness on consumer memory
in relation to traditional advertising. While location and price of the product within
a game were found to be the factors enhancing recall the most, overall traditional
advertisements were recalled better.
Effectiveness studies that do not employ memory based measures are scarce for TV
product placements as well. Only one study which investigated the effect of TV
product placements on brand image was reviewed. The said study evidenced that
brand image starts to change in the direction of the TV programme after -at least- a
second exposure (Reijmersdal et al., 2005).
So, there is a need in the literature for more studies that shed light on effectiveness of
product placement practice on TV screen through measures other than memory and
attitude related ones.
Prevalence, nature and characteristics of TV product placements
This stream of researchers opted to examine characteristics of product placements
appearing on the TV screen. Their research method, content analysis, chiefly
involved analysis of TV programming on major TV networks of the countries to be
studied. Very often prime-time, which represents largest number of viewers in
relation to any other time period of the day, was chosen as the period to be analysed
(Avery and Ferraro, 2000). Most of these studies were conducted in the US (Ferraro
and Avery, 2000a; 2000b; La Ferle and Edwards, 2006) with the notable exceptions
by Smit et al. (2006), who examined TV placements on Dutch TV networks and
Wouters and Pelsmacker (2011), who provided comparison of placements on US
and Flemish TV networks.
The study by Avery and Ferraro (2000a) was among the earliest ones examining
prevalence and nature of TV product placements. The authors content analysed 112
hours of US prime-time programming (April, 1997) and reported that brands are
prevalent on prime time television (one placement every two-minutes of TV
programming) with the majority appearing in real-life events, such as sports, news,
265

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

feature magazine and game shows. Moreover, most of them were found to be
visually prominent, with extended portrayals (75%) and foreground placements
(79%) and almost half of the visual placements involving interaction with the
programme character (40%) (Ferraro and Avery, 2000b). In addition, the content
analysis of the nature of TV placements revealed that their commercial intent was
overshadowing the intent for enhancing realism. Despite this, still 60% of the
viewers were found to perceive placements as adding realism to the TV programmes
(Schmoll et al., 2006).
Five years later, when La Ferle and Edwards (2006) content analysed US prime time
TV programming (January, 2002), they observed relatively less prevalence of brand
placements (one placement every three-minutes TV programming) in relation to
1997. Visual TV placements in 2002 were also observed to be less prevalent in
relation to 1997 (52.8%). Also, in 2002 the type of US TV programmes that
involved most brand appearances was found to be sitcoms and dramas rather than
real life events as they were in 1997. Real life events, such as news and feature
magazines, took the second place. (La Ferle and Edwards, 2006). On the other hand,
in another study, frequency and nature of US TV placements were compared with
Flemish TV placements (Wouters and Pelsmacker, 2011). It was found that the
difference between placement frequencies on Flemish and US TV programmes was
not statistically significant. Nonetheless placements were embedded mostly within
non-scripted TV programmes in US, whereas they were integrated generally within
scripted TV programmes in Belgium.
Additionally, Pervan and Martin (2002) investigated product placements within
soap operas of US and New Zealand. They found that while placements within US
soap operas were mainly produced for promotion of leisure and appearance related
products, those in New Zealand soap operas were largely promoted transport and
food related products. In addition, soap opera viewers in New Zealand found to
show more positive emotional outcome towards placements in soap operas than US
viewers.
Only two studies that inspected characteristics of TV placements in a country other
than US were found (Smit et al., 2005, La Pastina, 2001). First, Smit et al.., (2005)
focused on Dutch TV placements and observed placements to be more prevalent on
commercial Dutch TV networks than on public networks. Additionally, those on
commercial networks were found to be more prominent than those displayed on
public networks. On the other hand, La Pastina (2001) who studied TV viewers in a
266

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Brazilian rural area revealed that the products placed within soap operas were not
perceived as promotional efforts but rather as portrayals of daily life necessities by
those in upper class.
Alternatively, a theoretical study conducted by Russell and Puto (1999) content
analysed viewers' opinions regarding TV placements expressed via focus groups,
internet fan forums, phenomenological interviews and tapped audiences'
relationships with TV programs. As a result, a construct named "connectedness" was
revealed, which denotes the intense relationships between the audience and a TV
program that touches to individuals' personal and social lives.
Research on Product Placements in Video Games
The extant literature on video game placements is currently scarce but promising.
Nevertheless, 16 studies on in-game placements, all of which were conducted during
the last decade, were examined. The review of the literature revealed that
effectiveness was the most investigated subject also for video game placements. The
effectiveness studies on in-game placements were also found to be based mostly on
explicit memory related measures (Lee and Faber, 2007; Nelson, 2002; Glass, 2007;
Walsh et al., 2008; Yang et al., 2006; Winkler, 2006; Kuhn et al., 2007; Chaney et
al., 2004; Acar, 2007; Wise et al., 2008) and players’ attitudes toward placed
products (Nelson, 2002; Nelson et al., 2004; Winkler, 2006).
Moreover, the methodology of video game effectiveness studies was also the same; an
experiment followed by a questionnaire. In case of video games, the experiment
involved playing of a game that encompasses product placements by participants and
following this game session a survey was conducted delving into their memory of
and/or attitudes toward placements in the game.
Effectiveness of video game placements
Consistent with the previous literature on the effectiveness of movie and TV product
placements, effectiveness of video game placements were also attempted to be tapped
through memory related measures mostly.
Main findings illustrate that placements as billboards in video games were recalled
better than those in real outdoor billboards (Chaney et al., 2004), however, recall
rates for placements in a live sport event outperformed those in a sport game (Walsh
267

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

et al., 2008). On the other hand, congruency between the game setting and the
brand was found to generate a positive attitude both toward the game and the brand,
if it is noticed by the player (Wise et al., 2008). Hence, Lee and Faber (2007) and
Nelson (2002) proposed that the placement, which involves high incongruency
between the game setting and the placed brand, generated higher recall rate than
those in which high congruency is present.
Moreover, it was validated in several studies that the proximity of the product/brand
to the focal area in the game scene is vital for its recall and recognition (Acar, 2007;
Lee and Faber, 2007). Besides, recall rate was found to be higher when the placed
brand is a local one (Nelson, 2002) and the player is an experienced and skilled one
who has been acquainted with the game (Kuhn et al., 2007), as well as, being
moderately involved at that game play (Lee and Faber, 2008).
However, there were contradictory results for the recall of brands that were new.
Nelson (2002) found out that the recall rate of the brand placed in a video game
would be enhanced if that brand was a new one. Whereas, Winkler (2006) proposed
that placement of a brand that was already known by the player would be better
recalled in relation to a new one.
On the other hand, with regard to attitudes, it was found that players in general held
positive attitudes toward placements in games and they do not think that placements
are deceptive. It was observed that generally players believe placements enhance
realism, except for the study conducted by Chaney et al. (2004) who reported only
limited support. Moreover, Nelson et al. (2004) evidenced that there was a direct
relationship between attitudes toward advertising in general and placements in
games, meaning that if a player had positive attitude toward advertising he/she had a
positive attitude toward placements in games as well or vice versa. However, Winkler
(2006) found that this direct relationship generates stronger outcomes in case of
having negative attitudes toward advertising. Furthermore, just as it is with movie
and TV media, placements of ethically-charged goods within a video game were
found to be less acceptable than placements of non-ethically charged goods among
gamers consistently (Kim and McClung, 2009).
Recently, Mackay et al. (2009), who examined whether brand placements in video
games can shift pre-existing consumer attitudes towards a specific brand, evidenced
that after exposure to a placed product during game-play, positive brand attitudes
did not but recall rates did increase for those who had already positive attitude
268

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

towards the placed product. Jeong et al. (2011), on the other hand, reported
psychological arousal in a game (with violence cues) had positive effect on consumer
attitude, but did not on brand logo memory. Rather high engagement in a violent
video game enhanced recall rates, but generated negative attitude toward the placed
brand logos.
Yang and Wang (2008), alternatively, assert that product placements should take
into account the type of product, placement and the game for enhancing
effectiveness. They proposed that within shooting/sport games, tool products xi
should be placed as feedback placements xii, while within role-playing/strategic games;
tool and enhancement products should be placed as operator placements. Goal
placements, on the other hand, were proposed to appear when the player passes a
new level.
Two studies that did not investigate effectiveness were the ones by Acar (2007) and
Choi et al., 2013). Acar (2007) examined the incidental exposure and evidenced that
high proximity to the focal area had but message content did not have incidental
effects for video game placements. Choi et al., (2013), on the other hand, examined
the effect of sensory distractions on implicit memory and they found that while
auditory distractions did visual ones did not inhibit implicit memory for the placed
brand within a video game.
Discussion
The review of 73 academic studies on product placement yielded invaluable results
and implications.
This review study revealed factors that trigger product placement effectiveness for all
three media. The extended list of factors that influence product placement
effectiveness for all three media vehicles are categorized and outlined within tables
that are provided in the following (Table 1, Table 2, Table 3).
In the three tables that follow (Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3), factors that influence
product placement effectiveness are categorized as those related with placed
product/brand, respective medium, product placement execution and audience
characteristics. Next, the said factors are outlined, primarily, in relation to their
effects on explicit memory measures and attitude, which were revealed to be the most
investigated effectiveness measures in the product placement literature. Nonetheless,
269

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

as it was mentioned previously, though being extremely rare, the researcher came
across studies that investigated product placement effects on measures other than
explicit memory and attitude as well. The findings regarding said rare effectiveness
measures are provided under the column named other effectiveness measures.
In addition, factors that were evidenced to generate favourable/positive outcomes for
those effectiveness measures were denoted with a (+) sign, whereas those that
generated unfavourable/negative outcomes were denoted with a (-) sign. To
illustrate, familiarity, which is determined as a product/brand related factor affecting
explicit memory for movie placements (Table 1), has a (+) sign and thus implies that
familiarity with the placed product/brand was evidenced to increase explicit memory
for the placed product/brand. On the other hand, the mini-series and drama are
displayed as TV programme genres under the attitude and acceptability column
within Table 2. The (-) sign implies that product placements within these TV
programme genres generate unfavourable consumer attitudes (Table 2).

270

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Table 1. Factors Influencing Effectiveness of Movie Product Placements
Factors affecting on….

Explicit memory

product/brand related

-

-

familiarity (+)
first viewing of
the movie at the
cinema (+)
2. viewing at
home on a large
home
cinema
screen (+)

respective medium related

execution related
audience charactersitics

strong
plot
connection (+)
high prominence
(+)
used by main
character (+)
audio-visual (+)
high
film
involvement (-)
brand
consciousness (+)
liking the film
(+)
liking film genre
(+)
liking
director
(+)

Attitude and acceptability Other effectiveness measures
ethically
charged
goods(-)
familiarity (+)

-

humorous scenes (+)

-

used by main character
(+)
multiple simultaneous
placements (+)
strong plot connection
but less prominent (+)
subtlety (+)
high
repetition frequency (-)

-

-

-

gender (males (+)),
movie
watching
frequency (+)
postive
attitudes towards advertisments
(+)
appreciating
realism and fewer restrictions
(+)

brand saliance: repeated
display
of
high
prominent placement (+)

purchase intention: prior
brand evaluation (+)
brand saliance: liking the
film (+), being high self
monitors (+)

In a similar way, in the following tables factors influencing effectiveness of product
placements on TV and video game media are presented respectively (Table 2 and
Table 3).

271

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Table 2. Factors Influencing Effectiveness of TV Product Placements
Factors
affecting
on….
product/
brand related

Explicit memory

Attitude and
acceptability
-

-

location (central to the scene (+))
-

respective
medium
related

-

-

execution
related

-

explicit,
non-integrated
placements (-)
high plot integration (+)
visual placements (-)
congruency between plot and the
product (+)

-

-

-

audience
characteristics

272

-

ethically
charged
goods(-)
familiarity (+)
TV
programme
genre
(mini-serie
and drama (-))
program
liking
(prominent
and
high
repetitive
placements in liked
TV programmes ())
passive and implicit
placements
in
information/services
programmes (-)
sponsor-programme
congruity,
explicit,
nonintegrated
placements (+)
subliminal;
prominent
placements
in
favourite programs
(-)
subtlety (+)
high
repetition
levels (-)
gender (males)
positive
attitude
toward
TV
programme
characters (+)

Other effectiveness
measures

-

choice:
visual
placements (+);
brand image: (when
repetition frequency
of placement is 2 or
more (+))

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Table 3. Factors influencing Effectiveness of Video Game Product Placements
Factors
Explicit memory
affecting on...
product/
brand related
respective
medium
related

-

execution
related

gamers'
characteristics -

product type
(symbolic, tool
and
enhancement)
brand origin
(local (+))
introductory
footage to game
(+)
game genre
(shooting/sport
games, role
playing/strategi
c games)
incongruency
between the
product and
the game
content (+)
experience (+)
game skill (+)
moderate game
involvement (+)
pre-existing
positive
attitude (+)

Attitude and acceptability

Other effectiveness measures

ethically charged goods(-)

strong thematic
connection between
game and brand (+)

-

implicit memory: auditory
distraction(-)

-

incidental exposure: high proximity (+)

positive attitude towards
advertising (+)
psychological arousal (+)

purchase intention:positive attitudes
towards placements (+)

Then based on these results, first for movie placements briefly it can be said that
practitioners should formulate strong plot connected and at the same time highly
prominent product placements to enhance consumer memory of the placed brand.
In order to generate favourable consumer attitudes at the same time, practitioners
should be cautious of the prominence dose of the placement since its perceived
excessiveness may easily prompt negative consumer attitudes. Also, it can be said that
practitioners will most probably not regret executing placements that are audiovisual and involve interaction with the main character of the movie.
Second, for TV placements; practitioners can easily attract consumer attention and
enhance the recall of placed brands through use of strong plot integrated placements.
However, practitioners should take into consideration that attitude towards and
preference for the strong plot integrated and prominently placed brands weakens on
273

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

TV screen, especially for known ones within favourite programs, with the exception
of those placed in an information and services programmes, where, on the contrary,
implicit placements are negatively evaluated (Tiwsakul et al., 2005). Moreover,
although product placements were found to be most prevalent within mini-series,
sitcoms and dramas (LaFerle and Edwards, 2006), it was also evidenced that these
TV programme genres were the ones, in which placement of products generated
most negative consumer attitudes (d’Astous and Seguin,1998). So, practitioners
should devote high attention when planning for product placements within the said
TV programme genres.
Third, for video game placements; billboard placement strategy can be advised as an
effective one for in-game placements. Incongruence between the game plot and the
placed brand together with proximity of the placed brand to the focal area will
attract consumer attention and enhance his memory of the placed brand. On the
other hand, congruence between the game plot and the placed brand, as well as,
psychological arousal during the gameplay are the factors that do not enhance the
consumer memory on placed brands but generate positive attitudes. So, practitioners
should make a detailed assessment of objectives (enhancing consumer memory and
awareness of placed brands vs. positive consumer attitudes towards placed brands)
before formulating in-game placements.
Lastly, for all three media, formulation of product placements of ethically charged
goods, which are less accepted in relation to neutral ones, should be conducted with
high care and vigilance.
Conclusion, Limitations of the Study and Suggestions for Future Studies
This study reviewed and analyzed product placement studies of the last two decades
exhaustively. Analysis results contributed to the advancement of knowledge for both
academicians and practitioners that are interested in the field of product placement.
First for practitioners; the presented extended list of factors that influence product
placement effectiveness for all three media vehicles will help practitioners in
formulating and executing most striking product placements and thus at the same
time help saving the financial resources and time of the whole industry that is wasted
every year by ineffective marketing communications campaigns all around the world.
For researchers; it was revealed that despite its intensified practice, the literature
accumulated on the product placement field during the last two decades is far from
providing a complete picture of the phenomenon. Nonetheless, this review study
274

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

provided a complete picture and the current state-of-the-art of the product
placement literature for researchers by its attempt to analyse the to date accumulated
literature on product placement.
However, this study, just as most academic studies, was subject to some limitations,
which can be classified as direct and indirect ones. Direct limitations were those
limitations that stemmed from this study, while indirect ones were those that
stemmed from limitations of reviewed studies.
First, with regard to limitations of this study, it should be noted that only product
placement studies on movie, TV and video game media vehicles that were accessed
from journals available only on the EBSCOHOST database were reviewed since
EBSCOHOST database is the one that was most relevant with the selected subject
topic amongst those that the researcher had full access to. Moreover, studies
regarding product placement history, definitions, review, and its practice on other
than the said media were beyond the scope of this study and thus were excluded.
Also only the peer reviewed articles were considered, whereas other forms of
published materials such as dissertations, conference proceedings etc. were not
included in this review study.
With regard to limitations stemming from reviewed studies, it was revealed that
majority of to date conducted studies were either concentrated on particular
countries or on investigating effects on particular measures.
First, product placement studies on all three media used mostly US based data
(n=46, 63%). Only 17.8% (n=13) and 13.7% (n=10) of the reviewed studies were
conducted in European countries and rest of the world (e.g. India, Australia, and
China) respectively, while 5.4 % (n=4) of the studies were comparing product
placement practices in US with other countries (e.g. New Zealand, Belgium) (see
Table 4). Although it can be noted that European interest to product placement
research, in particular on TV medium, has been on rise, still there is a huge gap in
the placement literature regarding its practice in countries other than US. Then,
future studies that will concentrate on this issue will also contribute to the academic
literature largely.

275

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Table 4. Locations of the Reviewed Product Placement Studies
Location of the Reviewed
Studies
Number/percentage
of
studies conducted in this
location out of 73
reviewed studies

US

Europe

n=46
63%

n= 13
17.8%

Rest of the
World
n=10
13.7%

US vs Other
Countries
n=4
5.4 %

Second, majority of studies, across all three media vehicles were concentrated on
tapping product placement effectiveness through either explicit memory related
measures, namely recall and recognition, or consumer attitude. Studies to date on
effects of product placements on behavioural outcomes, (e.g. purchase intention,
preferences), and attention are extremely scarce and inconclusive. Also the effects of
demographics, such as age and level of education, were rarely taken into
consideration. Therefore, there is a need for academic studies that will investigate
effects of product placements on measures other than memory and attitude related
ones, as well as, for those that will focus on demographic characteristics and reveal
the impact of product placements on different groups in the society.
In addition, especially those studies that had investigated product placement
effectiveness, performed experiments as the research methodology and used students
as their samples. However, the application of experimental methodology and mainly
to student samples has some general limitations that might have influenced the
findings. First of all, the artificial setting usually results in more attention to the
stimuli, which in turn can generate higher recall and recognition rates, as well as,
different behaviours (Van Reijmersdal et al., 2007). Second, the student samples
involved mostly young and highly educated respondents, who might have been
better at noticing product placements and understanding their commercial intents
than less educated ones. Hence, the said methodology might have biased findings.
Therefore, future studies which employ a mix of different methods to samples that
are more representative of the product placement audience can provide additional
insights into brand placement effects.

276

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

References
Altaş, D., &amp; Öztunç, H. (2013). An Empirical Analysis of Television Commercial
Ratings in Alternative Competitive Environments Using Multinomial Logit Model.
European Journal of Business and Economics, 11 (6), 40.
Avery, R. J, &amp; Ferraro, R. (2000). Verisimilitude or Advertising? Brand Appearances
on Prime‐time Television. Journal of Consumer Affairs, 34(2), 217-244.
Balasubramanian, S. K. (1994). Beyond Advertising and Publicity: Hybrid Messages
and Public Policy Issues. Journal of advertising, 23(4), 29-46.
Brennan, I., &amp; Babin, L. A. (2004). Brand Placement Recognition: The Influence of
Presentation Mode and Brand Familiarity. Journal of Promotion Management, 10(12), 185-202.
Bressoud, E., Lehu, J. M., &amp; Russell, C. A. (2010). The Product Well Placed The
Relative Impact of Placement and Audience Characteristics on Placement
Recall. Journal of Advertising Research, 50(4), 374-385.
Chan, F. (2012). Product Placement and Its Effectiveness: A Systematic Review and
Propositions for Future Research. The Marketing Review, 12(1). doi:
10.1362/146934712x13286274424271.
Choi, Y. K., Lee, S. M., &amp; Li, H. (2013). Audio and Visual Distractions and
Implicit Brand Memory: A Study of Video Game Players. Journal of
Advertising,42(2-3), 219-227.
Cholinski, A. (2012). The Effectiveness of Product Placement: A Field Quasiexperiment. International Journal of Marketing Studies, 4(5). doi:
10.5539/ijms.v4n5p14
Cowley, E., &amp; Barron, C. (2008). When Product Placement Goes Wrong: The
Effects of Program Liking and Placement Prominence. Journal of Advertising, 37(1),
89-98. doi: 10.2753/joa0091-3367370107

277

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

D’astous, A., &amp; Seguin, N. (1999). Consumer Reactions to Product Placement
Strategies in Television Sponsorship. European Journal of Marketing, 33(9/10), 896910.
D'astous, A., &amp; Chartier, F. (2000). A Study of Factors Affecting Consumer
Evaluations and Memory of Product Placements in Movies. Journal of Current Issues
&amp; Research in Advertising (CTC Press), 22(2), 31.
De Gregorio, F., &amp; Sung, Y. (2010). Understanding Attitudes Toward and
Behaviors in Response to Product Placement. Journal of Advertising, 39(1), 83-96.
doi: 10.2753/joa0091-3367390106
DeLorme, D. E., &amp; Reid, L. N. (1999). Moviegoers' Experiences and
Interpretations of Brands in Films Revisited. Journal of Advertising, 28(2), 71-95.
Dens, N., De Pelsmacker, P., Wouters, M., &amp; Purnawirawan, N. (2012). Do You
Like What You Recognize? Journal of Advertising, 41(3), 35-54.
Donaton, S. (2004). Madison and Vine: McGraw-Hill Professional.
Eisend, M. (2009). A Cross-Cultural Generalizability Study of Consumers'
Acceptance of Product Placements in Movies. Journal of Current Issues &amp; Research in
Advertising, 31(1), 15-25.
Fuller, L. K. (1997). We Can’t Duck the Issue: Imbedded Advertising in the Motion
Pictures. Undressing the Ad: Reading Culture in Advertising. New York, NY: Peter
Lang, 109-129.
Galician, M., &amp; Bourdeau, P. G. (2004). The Evolution of Product Placements in
Hollywood Cinema. Journal of Promotion Management, 10(1-2), 15-36. doi:
10.1300/J057v10n01_03
Gibson, B., &amp; Maurer, J. (2000). Cigarette Smoking in the Movies: The Influence
of Product Placement on Attitudes Toward Smoking and Smokers1. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 30(7), 1457-1473.
Glass, Z. (2007). The Effectiveness of Product Placement in Video Games. Journal
of Interactive Advertising, 8(1), 1-27.
278

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Gupta, P. B., &amp; Gould, S. J. (1997). Consumers' Perceptions of the Ethics and
Acceptability of Product Placements in Movies: Product Category and Individual
Differences. Journal of Current Issues &amp; Research in Advertising, 19(1), 37-50. doi:
10.1080/10641734.1997.10505056
Hackley, C., &amp; Tiwsakul, R. (2006). Entertainment Marketing and Experiential
Consumption. Journal of Marketing Communications, 12(1), 63-75.
Hudson, S., &amp; Hudson, D. (2006). Branded Entertainment: A New Advertising
Technique or Product Placement in Disguise? Journal of Marketing Management,
22(5-6), 489-504.
Jeong, E. J., Bohil, C. J., &amp; Biocca, F. A. (2011). Brand Logo Placements in Violent
Games. Journal of Advertising, 40(3), 59-72.
Karrh, J. A. (1998). Brand Placement: A Review. Journal of Current Issues &amp; Research
in Advertising, 20(2), 31-49.
Kramolis, J., &amp; Kopeckova, M. (2013). Product Placement: A Smart Marketing
Tool Shifting a Company to the Next Competitive Level, Journal of Competitiveness,
5(4), 98-114.
Kureshi, S., &amp; Sood, V. (2010). A Review of Placement Literature: Conceptual and
Managerial Implications. IUP Journal of Marketing Management, 9.
Law, S., &amp; Braun, K. A. (2000). I'll Have What She's Having: Gauging the Impact
of Product Placements on Viewers. Psychology &amp; Marketing, 17(12), 1059-1075.
Lee, M., &amp; Faber, R. J. (2007). Effects of Product Placement in On-Line Games on
Brand Memory: A Perspective of the Limited-Capacity Model of Attention. Journal
of Advertising, 36(4), 75-90. doi: 10.2753/joa0091-3367360406
Lehu, J.M. (2007). Branded Entertainment: Product Placement &amp; Brand Strategy in
the Entertainment Business:
Lehu, J.M., &amp; Bressoud, Étienne. (2009). Recall of Brand Placement in Movies:
Interactions between Prominence and Plot Connection in Real Conditions of
Exposure. Recherche et Applications en Marketing (English Edition), 24(1), 7-26.
279

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Mckechnie, S. A., &amp; Zhou, J. (2003). Product Placement in Movies: A Comparison
of Chinese and American Consumers' Attitudes, International Journal of Advertising,
22(3), 349-374.
Mortimer, R. (2002), “Box Office Brand Bonanzas,” Brand Strategy, 166
(December), 22-24 in Schmoll, Nicole M, Hafer, John, Hilt, Michael, &amp; Reilly,
Hugh. (2006). Baby Boomers' Attitudes towards Product Placements. Journal of
Current Issues &amp; Research in Advertising, 28(2), 33-53.
Nebenzahl, I. D., &amp; Secunda, E. (1993). Consumers' Attitudes toward Product
Placement in Movies. International Journal of Advertising, 12, 1-1.
Nelli, R. P. (2009). Italian Young People's Attitudes toward Product Placement in
Movies: A Cross-cultural Comparison of Product Placement Acceptability,
Communicative Business, Italian Research Review on Business Communication.
Newell, J., Salmon, C. T., &amp; Chang, S. (2006). The Hidden History of Product
Placement. Journal of Broadcasting &amp; Electronic Media, 50(4), 575-594. doi:
10.1207/s15506878jobem5004_1
Pearson, R. (1996). Early Cinema. The Oxford History of World Cinema.
PQMedia (2012). New PQ Media Data: Global Product Placement Spending Up
12% to $8.3B in 2012, Driven by Expanding BRICs, Telenovela Growth &amp; More
DVRs; Faster Growth Seen Again in 2013. Retrieved September 3, 2013, from
http://www.prweb.com/releases/2013/4/prweb10626564.htm
Powell, Sarah. (2007). An Interview with Jean-Marc Lehu: Interview by Sarah
Powell. Strategic Direction, 23(9), 28-31.
Russell, C. A. (1998). Toward A Framework of Product Placement: Theoretical
Propositions. Advances in Consumer Research, 25(1), 357-362.
Russell, C. Antonia. (2002). Investigating the Effectiveness of Product Placements in
Television Shows: The Role of Modality and Plot Connection Congruence on
Brand Memory and Attitude. Journal of consumer research, 29(3), 306-318.
280

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

Russell, C. A, &amp; Stern, B. B. (2005). Product Placement Effects: Product-Character
Associations (PCAs) in Sitcoms. Advances in Consumer Research, 32, 233.
Schmoll, N. M., Hafer, J., Hilt, M., &amp; Reilly, H. (2006). Baby Boomers' Attitudes
towards Product Placements. Journal of Current Issues &amp; Research in Advertising,
28(2), 33-53.
Sung, Y., de Gregorio, F., &amp; Jung, J. H. (2009). Non-student Consumer Attitudes
towards
Product
Placement
Implications
for
Public
Policy
and
Advertisers. International Journal of Advertising, 28(2), 257-285.
Tiwsakul, R., Hackley, C., &amp; Szmigin, I. (2005). Explicit, Non-integrated Product
Placement in British Television Programmes. International Journal of Advertising,
24(1), 95-111.
Torrano, J., &amp; Flores, E. (2009). Is Effective Product Placement in Movies?: A
Cross-Cultural Study Between French and Spanish Consumers. Advances in
Consumer Research, 36.
Van Reijmersdal, E. A., Neijens, P. C., &amp; Smit, E. G. (2007). Effects of Television
Brand Placement on Brand Image. Psychology &amp; Marketing, 24(5), 403-420.
Wei, M.L., Fischer, E., &amp; Main, K. J. (2008). An Examination of the Effects of
Activating Persuasion Knowledge on Consumer Response to Brands Engaging in
Covert Marketing. Journal of Public Policy &amp; Marketing, 27(1), 34-44.
Wells,1996 in Law and Braun, 2000 Wells, S. (1996, June 4). TV’s Subtle Sell. USA
Today, p. 1B.
Wenner, L. A. (2004). On the Ethics of Product Placement in Media
Entertainment. Journal of Promotion Management, 10(1-2), 101-132. doi:
10.1300/J057v10n01_08
Winkler, T., &amp; Buckner, K. (2006). Receptiveness of Gamers to Embedded Brand
Messages in Advergames: Attitudes towards Product Placement. Journal of Interactive
Advertising, 7(1), 37-46.

281

�Vildan Jusufović Karışık

Wise, K., Bolls, P. D, Kim, H., Venkataraman, A., &amp; Meyer, R. (2008). Enjoyment
of Advergames and Brand Attitudes: The Impact of Thematic Relevance. Journal of
Interactive Advertising, 9(1), 27-36.

Product placement in motion pictures is as old as the motion picture industry itself. Both
events were generated by the Lumière brothers in the mid-1890s (Karrh, 1998; Newell et al.,
2006; Galician and Bourdeau, 2004; Avery and Ferraro, 2000; Hudson and Hudson, 2006;
Dens et al., 2013). The Lumière brothers exhibited their newly invented projected motion
pictures to the first paying audience ever in the basement lounge of the Grand Café in Paris
on December 28, 1895. This event is credited as the world's first public film screening and
heralded the birth of the film industry (Pearson, 1996). A few months later, in the spring of
1896, the Lumière brothers conducted an arrangement with the UK soap producer Lever
Brothers (today’s giant multinational company, Unilever) that would constitute the first
prototype of product placement that displayed a Lever Brothers leading product, “Sunlight
Soap”, in a Lumière brothers’ film.
ii
DVRs, also known as time-shifting devices, include a hard drive that enables the audience
to record their favorite programs for playback at any time. The devices can also fast forward
through traditional commercials.
iii
According to this widely cited model by Friested and Wright (1995), if consumers perceive
that advertising messages have the intent to affect their judgement, then they may generate
negative attitudes towards those commercials.
iv
Video game term denotes all game genres including, computer and on-line games since
most of the time these terms were used interchangeably in the product placement literature
(Winkler, 2006; Nelson, 2002; Yang et al., 2006).
v
Two key studies that were not published in refereed academic journals but nonetheless
were reviewed in order to provide a complete picture of the “Practitioners’ view on movie
placements“ research theme (see page 7). The said studies were proceeding papers by Karrh
(1995), Pardun and McKee (1996).
vi
Although its practice in alternative media (those other than movies, TV programmes and
games) is not scarce, academic studies that focus on product placements in the said media are
extremely rare. To illustrate, with regard to placements in novels, only one study was found
in which Nelson (2004) examined the product placement practice within the novel named
“The Bulgari Connection”.
vii
Brand salience is also considered among memory-related measures since it involves the
recognition of a brand in relation to other brands in that product category.
viii
Plot connection of placements refers to the degree to which the brand/product is
integrated into the plot of the story (Russell, 1998).
i

282

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media

In high prominent placements the product is made conspicuous either through its size,
position on the screen or centrality to the plot, integration to the plot, number of mentions,
and/or duration on the screen (Gupta and Lord, 1998).
x
Entertainment Resources and Marketing Association is a leading product placement
industry group.
xi
Tool products are high-utility but low price products such as food and fuel, whereas,
symbolic products are high price but low utility such as jewellery and enhancement products
are high price and high utility such as white electronic goods (Yang and Wang, 2008).
xii
Goal in a videogame describes the milestone that players attempt to achieve. For example,
in a shooting game, the goal may be rescuing hostages whereas feedback is a kind of
reinforcement. If some predetermined desirable or undesirable player behaviours are
demonstrated, a reward or punishment is provided for positive or negative feedback.
Operators, on the other hand, indicate those instruments, such as knife, cape, and magic that
players can apply to achieve their objectives (Yang and Wang, 2008).
ix

283

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3891">
                <text>2413</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3892">
                <text>20 Years of Research on Product Placement in Movie, Television and Video Game Media</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3893">
                <text>Jusufovic-Karisik, Vildan</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3894">
                <text>The popularity of product placement as a viable alternative to traditional commercials has been increasing rapidly. Latest PQ Media report (2012) noted that global spending on product placement has already reached $8.25 billion. However, despite its popularity, extant academic research on product placement lags behind its practice. The aim of this paper is to review, categorize and analyze exhaustively the existing product placement literature with the purpose of identifying possible research gaps for academics and guidelines of effective product placements for practitioners interested in the field. 73 academic studies that in particular focus on product placements within movies, television (TV) programmes and video games were examined. The exhaustive review revealed that studies in the US investigating product placement effectiveness through memory related measures and consumer attitudes dominate the product placement literature. However, studies investigating effects of product placement on measures other than memory related and attitudinal ones are extremely scarce. Based on the identified research gaps, an agenda for future studies is suggested. Also, factors that were evidenced to trigger product placement effects throughout the literature are revealed and outlined for practitioners use.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3895">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3896">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3897">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="6">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="508" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="532">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/72676f27111c243c67dac9e53f956aac.pdf</src>
        <authentication>f4eed375923f668a72087dbe4fda61b4</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3906">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on
Bidding Company Performance
Mirna Koričan
Zagreb School of Economics and Management
Zagreb, Croatia
mirna.korican@zsem.hr
Zoran Barac
Zagreb School of Economics and Management
Zagreb, Croatia
zoran.barac@zsem.hr
Ivija Jelavić
Zagreb School of Economics and Management
Zagreb, Croatia
ivija.jelavic@zsem.hr
Abstract: Strategy researchers believe that the better the

Keywords: Merger,

strategic fit or relatedness between the bidding and acquired
firms, the greater should be the economic gain from the
merger. Although merger performance has been widely
researched we recognized that empirical results on merger
performance are inconclusive and that there are research gaps
related to geographical settings, time frame and
methodological approach. Thus, the research question
examined in our study was to find out if acquisition strategy
or relatedness of merging companies increases performance of
the bidding company. Also we considered moderating effect of
premerger bidder profitability on the performance of the
merger. Our study predicts that relatedness between merging
companies has a positive impact on the merger’s performance.
Results of 49 mergers completed in 2008 in EU member
countries and Switzerland show that related mergers have
better merger scores than unrelated mergers. We also predict
that the impact of the related acquisition strategy becomes
more positive as bidder premerger performance decreases.

Acquisition, Acquisition
strategy, Company performance

JEL Classification: M10,
M16, G34

Article History

Submitted: 17 December 2012
Resubmitted: 24 October 2013
Resubmitted: 23 January 2014
Accepted: 27 January 2014

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JE
COSS11422
31

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Introduction
According to the Thompson One Banker database, in 2010, the total value of
merger and acquisition transactions amounted to 555 Mil USD which encompassed
more than 11 thousand deals worldwide. Because of such practical relevance,
mergers and acquisitions have been studied from multidisciplinary perspectives. This
field attracted interest of practitioners and academics within a broad range of
management disciplines taking into account its financial, strategic, behavioral,
operational and cross-cultural aspects.
Mergers and acquisitions could be explained as strategically planned transactions in
which the target company and the bidding company jointly create a new entity to
gain competitive advantage in the market place. This term describes either the
purchase or sale of corporate assets and shares (an acquisition), or the act of
combining two or more companies in a single corporate entity (a merger; Ernst and
Häcker, 2007). On the surface, the distinction in meaning of “merger” and
“acquisition” may not really matter, since the net result is often the same: two
companies (or more) that had separate ownership are now operating under the same
roof, usually to obtain some strategic or financial objective.
According to Marks and Mirvis (2001), less than one quarter of mergers and
acquisitions achieve their financial objectives, as measured by share value, return on
investment and post combination profitability. Gugler et al. (2003) compared the
performance of merging companies with a control group of non-merging firms,
focusing on profitability and sales. The results show that 43% of all merged
companies worldwide reported lower profits than comparable non-merged firms.
Likewise, more than 50% of U.S. mergers earned negative cumulative abnormal
returns (Agrawal et al., 1992). Given these outcomes, it is not surprising that more
than half of the merged companies end up being divested (Porter, 1987). Because of
the negative financial results in post-mergers special emphasis in different research
has been put on successes and failures of merger and acquisition activities.
According to Straub (2007) and Larsson and Finkelstein (1999) mergers and
acquisitions have been studied on the basis of several theories. First, there are studies
on mergers and acquisitions as a method of diversification, from the strategic
perspective, focusing on both the motives for different types of combinations and the
performance effects of those combinations. Second, finance scholars have studied
mergers and acquisitions by focusing on factors such as economies of scale and
32

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

market power as the motives and on the acquisition performance, based on stockmarket measures. Third, mergers and acquisitions have been studied from the
viewpoint of organizational behavior as well. Furthermore there is also ‘process’
literature which focuses on the important role of the choice of integration strategy
and the acquisition process itself. This approach emphasizes that the acquisition
process itself is a factor, in addition to the strategic and organizational fit, that affects
the outcome.
In our research, we assumed the last mentioned approach also called the strategic
perspective. The research question in this paper was to find out if acquisition strategy
of relatedness of merging companies increases the performance of bidding
companies. Our hypothesis was that relatedness between merging and bidding
company will have an impact on the merger performance.
Literature Review
In the literature it is often found that the primary purpose of merging and acquiring
new companies is to improve overall performance by achieving synergy (Lubatkin,
1983). Synergy is thus, the main motive and the source of value creation in mergers.
Synergies can be used to explain performance differences among the various merger
types (Lubatkin, 1983).
There are various typologies of synergies that exist in the literature. For example,
according to Lubatkin's typology, (1983) there are three basic kinds of synergies, i.e.
technical economies, pecuniary economies and diversification economies. Technical
economies occur when the same amounts of inputs, or factors of production,
produce a higher quantity of outputs. Pecuniary economies are achieved by the
firm's ability to dictate prices by exerting market power, achieved primarily through
size and diversification economies, are achieved by improving a firm's performance
relative to its risk attributes.
Furthermore, Chatterjee (1986) uses broader categories of synergies. First, collusive
synergy represents the class of scarce resources leading to market power. Second,
operational synergy represents the class of scarce resources that leads to production
and/or administrative efficiencies. Lastly, financial synergy represents the class of
scarce resources that leads to reductions in the cost of capital.

33

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Finally, Seth (1990) emphasizes that according to the value-maximizing hypotheses,
positive synergy, or value creation, may be evidenced and value is created on the
basis of market power, economies of scale and economies of scope, coinsurance and
financial diversification. Market power is the ability of a market participant or group
of participants to control the price, the quantity or the nature of the products sold,
thereby generating extra profits. Economies of scale can be production-linked or
functional. Product linked economies of scale may be achieved in the areas of
purchasing or inventory management in the case of mergers involving companies
using common raw materials or components. Functional economies of scale may be
present in other functional areas of a business such as advertising, distribution,
service networks and research and development. Economies of scope are said to exist
when the cost of joint production of two goods by a multiproduct company is less
than the combined costs of production of these goods by two single-product firms. A
Coinsurance effect appears in a merger between companies whose earning streams
are less than perfectly correlated. Financial diversification is created when a company
acquires another with a different business cycle to its own, resulting in its income
stream being stabilized and the variance of the firm's returns reduced.
Regardless of the description of particular synergies and details in their typologies,
the mutual feature is that all those synergies provide the basis for value creation
measured by financial indicators. Companies with better company performance in
post-merger period are considered to have had better synergy effects.
Acquisition Strategy
Companies are able to create better synergies by implementing acquisition strategy.
Several researches showed that acquisition strategy had an impact on the company
performance in the post-merger period (Rumelt, 1947, Ramaswamy, 1997, Altunbas
and Ibanez, 2004). Acquisition strategies have been usually classified by the US
Federal Trade Commission (FTC) of merger classification. According to FTC
classification, mergers can be horizontal, vertical, product and market concentric or
conglomerate mergers. A horizontal merger or related diversification takes place
between companies in the same industry, where the two combining companies
produce identical products and/or are competitors. Vertical mergers are transactions
that take place between companies at different levels of the industry value chain and
occur when two companies combine, each working at different stages in the
production and distribution of the same good (e.g. buyer-seller, client-supplier).
Product or market concentric mergers are transactions involving businesses that
34

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

share similar in production or marketing technologies. Conglomerate takes place
when the two combining companies operate in unrelated businesses (unrelated
diversification).
From the theoretical strategic perspective, researchers believe that the better the
strategic fit between the bidding and acquired firms, the greater should be the
economic gain from the merger. Strategic fit is described as the level of relatedness of
merged companies. According to Rumelt (1974) merging companies may be
considered related 'when a common skill, resource, market or purpose applies to
each', i.e. if they employ similar production techniques, serve similar markets, use
similar distribution systems, and employ similar science-based research.
Lubatkin (1988) outlines the advantages of related mergers. First, related mergers
provide opportunities to reduce cost and/or enhance differentiation through
exploiting the economies of scale and scope in various operational areas such as
manufacturing, distribution, and administration. Second, related mergers provide
the potential for power gains and, by becoming larger, can influence the price of its
outputs or inputs.
Furthermore in his paper Lubatkin (1988) argues that unrelated mergers involve the
combination of noncompeting products that utilize different product and market
technologies, thus offering fewer advantages than related mergers. Therefore, while
they may provide allocation efficiencies, they will be less able to provide tangible and
intangible efficiencies and power gains than related mergers. In other words,
according to Lubatkin (1988), related mergers have greater potential to create
shareholder value than unrelated mergers.
In studying the impacts of related and unrelated diversification effects on the
shareholder wealth, two approaches have been used. One stream of research has
examined the accounting performance of companies following different
diversification strategies. A second research stream has used market based measures
and the event study methodology.
An event study is a statistical method to assess the impact of an event on the value of
a firm. For example, the announcement of a merger between two business entities
can be analyzed to see whether investors believe that the merger will create or destroy
value. The basic idea is to find the abnormal return attributable to the event being
studied by adjusting for the return that stems from the price fluctuation of the
35

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

market as a whole. The market-based measures intrinsically differ from the
accounting-based measures as they focus on the present value of future streams of
income, i.e. on expected value, whereas the latter focus on the past performance.
Most of the research on takeover performance has focused on the use of marketbased measures. One reason for this is the susceptibility of accounting information
to managerial manipulation through earnings management and changing accounting
policies (Stanton, 1987). Also, because of different accounting standards, accounting
performance measures are harder to compare.
Generally, literature of strategy has argued that companies following related
diversification strategies should outperform the unrelated diversifiers (Salter and
Weinhoid, 1979; Rumelt, 1974). Likewise, Walker (2000) investigated strategic
objectives and stock performance of bidding firms. His analysis shows that bidding
firm’s shareholders earn positive returns following related acquisitions and negative
returns following unrelated takeovers. Relatedness in his definition encompass
geographic expansion (bidding company seeks economies of scale by expanding its
operations geographically), product line extensions (bidding company seeks
economies of scope by expanding its product line), and market share increase
(bidding company buys its competitor).
However, broader empirical evidence is mixed (Lubatkin and O’Neill 1988; Seth,
1990). For instance, Chatterjee (1986) found that unrelated targets significantly
outperformed related, non-horizontal targets. On the other hand Lubatkin (1987)
found no significant difference in the performance levels of related and unrelated
bidders and targets and concluded that related mergers do not create more value
than unrelated mergers. So, strategic fit does not have an important effect on success
of acquisitions. Many mergers are consummated on the premise that the two
companies have a natural "fit." In reality, this fit is often illusive (Lubatkin and
O’Neall, 1988). Because of the inconclusive results, we considered that it would be
interested to test the effect of acquisition strategy on merger performance.
Research gaps
Understanding merger performance on the basis on current review on merger
research is complex and inconclusive task (Tuch and O’Sullivan, 2007). Since
researchers are employing both, market-based and accounting metric, covering a
range of time periods, and using different sample sizes, it is not easy to make
generalizations on this phenomenon.
36

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

On the basis on our identification of before mentioned inconclusive evidence in
current empirical research in mergers’ performance, we recognized certain gaps
related to geographical settings, time frame and methodological approach (Table 1).
Table 1. Gaps in Previous Researches of Mergers
Geographical gap
Time-frame gap
Methodological gap

Most of the research was done on US and UK companies.
Research mostly covers mergers in 1980s and 1990s with
few of them at the beginning of 2000.
Analysis of mergers mostly done by event studies, with
focus on market based measures.

Most empirical research in the leading academic research journals has been done in
Anglo-Saxon geographical settings. For example, in their paper, Tuch and Sullivan
(2007) present a review of empirical research on the impact of acquisitions on
company performance. Out of 78 presented empirical studies 51 merger studies are
from the US market, 24 mergers are from the UK market, and the remaining 3
merger studies are from the other EU countries. To cover the geographical gap that
exists in previous research, which encompasses mainly companies in Anglo Saxon
countries, we selected companies involved in mergers and acquisitions activities
within EU countries and Switzerland. Switzerland was chosen because of the highest
number of multinational companies per capita.
Furthermore, research on mergers and acquisitions has been done extensively in
1980s and 1990s and a relatively low number of studies have been done recently. It
is believed that mergers performed prior to 1990’s are quite different than those
done later because of the different economic and other factors outside of the
company (Kukalis, 2007). For mentioned reasons, and to be able to look at the
results of two years before and after the merger, we selected mergers that have been
completed between January 1st and December 31st 2008.
Also the majority of these empirical studies are using event study methodology with
market based measures. In order to measure mergers’ success, we decided to use
accounting metrics. As an argument for accounting metrics Ramaswamy (1997)
emphasizes that some surveys of merger decisions have indicated that managers
primarily seek to improve profitability through mergers (Ingham, Kran, and
Lovestam, 1992; Rose, 1989). As profitability measure we used Return on Assets
(ROA).
37

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Model, Data Set and Measures
Model
Our research was developed on studies of Ramaswamy (1997) and Altunbas and
Ibanez (2004). Ramaswamy (1997) analyzed the impact of relatedness between US
banks on their performance after the mergers. Altunbas and Ibanez (2004) examined
the impact of strategic similarities between bidders and targets on post-merger
financial performance.
Our model proposes that merger performance is in function of acquisition strategy,
premerger bidder performance and relative size. Research model was as following:
Merger performance = F (Acquisition strategy, premerger bidder performance,
relative size).
The research question examined in our study was to find out if acquisition strategy
or relatedness of merging companies increases the performance of bidding
companies. The main hypothesis was the following:
H1: Relatedness between merging companies has a positive impact on merger
performance.
Given the results of previous researches, that included acquisition strategy and
premerger bidder performance, we assumed that those two variables will have a
positive effect on merger results. In other words, we expected that the best merger
results will be presented by companies that had related acquisition strategies and
lower premerger bidder performance.
H2: Premerger bidder performance moderates the impact of related
acquisition strategy on merger performance. The impact of related acquisition
strategy becomes more positive as bidder premerger performance decreases.
Data set
To find relevant mergers and conduct the analysis, the Thompson One Banker
database on mergers was used. Following criteria were used to screen merging
companies:
38

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

(1) Merging companies should be from the EU member countries and
Switzerland and mergers should be effective in the period between January
1st and December 31, 2008.
(2) Mergers in which the bidding companies had between 50 and 100% of
ownership have been selected. According to International Accounting
Standards, control is presumed when the parent acquires more than half of
the voting rights of the entity (Mackenzie et al., 2011). Also, control is the
power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to
obtain benefits from its activities (Mackenzie et al., 2011). Consequently it
is reasonable to expect that control over subsidiary should impact
performance of bidding firm.
(3) In order to obtain financial data, only publicly listed companies had been
selected.
(4) We limited the sample with the requirement for market capitalization of
bidding company above 5 Mill USD.
The resulting sample comprised of 81 mergers. Out of 81 mergers, only 49 mergers
had full set of required financial data. So a final sample of 49 mergers as a unit of
analysis (comprising 98 companies) meeting the above conditions was identified.
Measures
As dependent variable, we measured merger performance as the difference between the
bidding firm's two-year average return on assets (ROA) after the acquisition and the
average of the ROA of the bidding company two years before the acquisition. We
considered two years time window to avoid the effect of other economic factors or
other mergers which could distort the results if we would take longer time span.
According to the Meeks and Meeks (1981) when using accounting measures in
assessing impact of merger on efficiency, the problem of extracting the effect of
efficiency changes on profit from that of changes in bargaining power resulting from
the merger arises. In their paper, among other profitability measures, ROA is the
least sensitive in the case of enhancement of leverage or bargaining power resulting
from a merger.
Acquisition strategy, as an independent variable, was measured by a dummy variable.
If an acquisition was categorized as a 'horizontal merger' (i.e., related acquisition;
meaning in the same industry), the variable 'related acquisition' was coded '1'. All
other mergers (i.e., unrelated acquisition meaning from different industries), were
39

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

coded '0'. Horizontal or related mergers in our sample encompass all mergers in
which bidder and target are operating in the same macro industry defined within the
Thompson One banker database. This approach was used in several other researches
(e.g. Gerbauld and York, 2007)
Two control variables, namely, average premerger ROA of the bidder for two years
prior to merger (premerger bidder performance) and the size of a target vis-a-vis the
bidder (relative size) were used in the analysis. The level of the bidder’s premerger
performance, measured as its return on assets, is likely to influence post-merger
performance. Altunbas and Ibanez (2004) argue that if a bidder already possesses a
high-level of profitability before the merging process, it is more likely that the
profitability of the new institution will decrease in the short term due to the process
itself. Alternatively, it is probable that bidders with a lower level of performance will
manage to increase their profitability after merging with a target. As a consequence, a
negative relationship between bidders’ premerger performance and post merger
performance is expected initially. This effect is also known as a “floor-ceiling” effect
(Ramaswamy, 1997).
Relative size was used as a control variable since various studies show that it may
impact post merger bidder performance. Some researchers show that larger
companies might acquire smaller companies to realize scale-related synergies that
would otherwise be difficult to obtain (Datta et al., 1991; Kusewitt, 1985).
Chaterjee (1986) states that the smaller the acquired firm, relative to the bidding
firm, the greater the potential for synergy. Tuch and O’Sullivan (2007) state that
there are a number of reasons why acquiring larger targets might result in better
post-acquisition performance. First, larger targets are more difficult to assimilate into
a combined organization, so the pool of potential acquirers is expected to be smaller.
This may result in acquirers being able to acquire large targets on more advantageous
terms (Roll, 1986). Secondly, the economic impact of acquiring a larger target is
likely to have a stronger impact on the post-bid performance of the combined
company (Bruner 2002). Finally, Moeller et al. (2004) argue that the contrasting
findings from some studies examining the impact of size arise as a result of the
different levels of care exercised by smaller bidders in the acquisition process. Small
acquirers need to be more careful when making a potentially risky bid, as there will
be a relatively larger economic impact on their company. The authors therefore
argue that the size effect is due to smaller acquirers rather than to larger targets. Since
data is not conclusive on the direction of the effect, but research shows impact of
relative size on the merger performance, this variable is used as control variable.
40

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Relative size was calculated as a relative number representing difference in sales
between target and bidder.
In order to give better understanding to variables and their Operationalization but
also to connect them with the hypotheses formed, latter table has been prepared
(Table 2).
Table 2. Operationalization of the Variables and Hypotheses
Variables
Control variables

Operationalization

Hypothesis

premerger bidder
performance

Average premerger ROA of the
bidder for two years prior to
merger.

relative size

Relative number representing
difference in sales between target
and bidder.

H2: Premerger bidder
performance moderates the
impact of related
acquisition strategy on
merger performance. The
impact of related
acquisition strategy
becomes more positive as
bidder premerger
performance decreases.

Independent variable

acquisition strategy

Dependent variable

merger performance

If an acquisition was categorized
as a 'horizontal merger' (i.e.,
related acquisition; meaning in
the same industry), the variable
'related acquisition' was coded '1'.
All other mergers (i.e., unrelated
acquisition meaning from
different industries), were coded
'0'.

H1:
Relatedness
between
merging
companies
has
a
positive impact on
merger performance.

Difference between the bidding
firm's two-year average return on
assets (ROA) after the acquisition
and the average of the ROA of the
bidding company two years
before the acquisition.

41

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Results
Prior to testing of hypotheses, we performed correlation analysis which is shown
with descriptive statistics in Table 3. Generally, we can conclude that after the
merger performance results are on average lower (x=-4,38) than before the merger
(x=5,70).
Table 3. Univariate Statistics and Correlation Matrix for Explanatory Variables
1. Merger performance
2. Acquisition strategy
3. Premerger bidder performance
4. Relative size

Mean

s.d.

-4.38
0.65
5.70
1.38

6.19
0.48
8.36
6.57

1

2
.14
-.32*
.15

-.33
.12

3

-.12

*p&lt; .05
To test our model we decided to calculate hierarchical regression analysis which is
usually used when variables are determined by past research and analysis (Field,
2009; Cohen and Cohen, 1984). Some other researchers also used this hierarchical
regression analysis to show how an additional set of variables are affecting
independent variables, besides used control variables (Altunbas and Marques Ibanes,
2004; Ramaswamy, 1997). Even though data shows respectful standard deviation,
the OLS regression was run for both models to generate variance inflation factors
(VIF’s). Average VIF’s for the first model were below 1.014 which is considered
acceptable.
Second model primarily included two control variables, one independent and 3
interaction effect but VIF’s and eigenvalues proved that there is a presence of
multicollinearity. Since there is proof that, in the case of multicollinearity, the
dropping of the highly collinear variable can often make other variables statistically
significant (Gujarati, 2002; Allison, 1998), we decided to drop out the relative size
which had high correlations with other variables and had no predictive effect in the
first model. Thus the second model was calculated with one control variable, one
independent variable, and 3 interaction effects. The results of the two regression
models are showed in the Table 4.

42

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Table 4. Results of Hierarchical Regression Analysis
Model 1
Control variables
premerger bidder performance
relative size
Independent variables
acquisition strategy
acquisition strategy x premerger bidder performance
acquisition strategy x relative size
premerger bidder performance x relative size
Model R2
F

*p&lt; .05

-0.31*
0.11

Model 2
-1,09**

-0.54**
1.12**
-0.07
-0.30
0.12
3.05

0.54
10.25**

**p&lt; .001

The results of the hierarchical regression analysis provide support for the first study
hypothesis. The first model shows that the control variable, named relative size as the
difference in sales between target and bidder does not have a significant impact on
merger performance. Premerger bidder performance, as the second control variable,
negatively impacts mergers performance and explains 12% of the variance. The
merger performance was calculated as the difference of post-merger and premerger
ROA, thus capturing floor – ceiling effect mentioned earlier. In other words,
companies that were performing better prior to merging cannot be expected to have
results after the merger as high as the companies that were performing poorly (Figure
1). These results are similar to the results of other authors (Harrison et al, 1991;
Ramaswamy, 1997; Altunbas and Ibanes, 2004).

43

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Figure 1. Effect of Premerger Bidder Performance on Merger Performance
Merger performance

-2.40

-6.28

low

high
premerger bidder performance

The second model brings the same effect of the control variables and proves the
effect of acquisition strategy, explaining additional 42% of the variance. Results also
show that related mergers have better merger scores than unrelated mergers (Figure
2).
Figure 2. Effect of Acquisition Strategy on Merger Performance
Merger performance

-3.77
-5.53

unrelated
44

acqusition strategy

related

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Hypothesis 1 predicts that relatedness between merging companies has a positive
impact on merger performance. Model 2 tests this hypothesis and coefficient for the
acquisition strategy is negative and strongly significant (b = -0.54; p &lt; .001) which
indicates support for Hypothesis 1.
Hypothesis 2 in our research predicts a negative interaction between relatedness of
merging companies and premerger bidder performance expecting that the most
successful mergers will be among related companies with low premerger bidder
performance. Results show positive interaction (b = 1.12; p &lt; .001) and therefore
hypothesis 2 is supported. Figure 3 graphically shows interaction among acquisition
strategy and premerger bidder performance that was not predicted by the Hypothesis
2.
Figure 3. Two-Way Interaction between Acquisition Strategy and Premerger Bidder
Performance
Merger performance

1.56
low premerger bidder performance

-3.45
-4.24
high premerger bidder performance

-8.49
unrelated

related
acqusition strategy

Discussion and Conclusion
One purpose of this research was to deal with found gaps in previous researches.
Selection of mergers was geographically put in EU countries and Switzerland, only
completed mergers in 2008 were included in the sample and premerger and post
merger success was measured in a two year frame prior to and after the merger.
45

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Results of the hierarchical regression analysis show that independent variables in the
second model can explain a significant variance in merger performance. Acquisition
strategy has an impact on merger performance and generally the more successful are
companies that are merging with target companies in the same industry. This can be
explained by creation of collusive and operational synergies in related mergers
(Chatterjee, 1986). Since related acquisition may involve utilization of economies of
scale and/or scope both in production and distribution, this may lead to reduced
costs (i.e. operational synergies), as well as achievement of collusive gains, i.e.
advantages based on the market power.
Our study also shows that related acquisition strategy and lower premerger
performance has a positive effect on the merger’s performance as well. On the other
hand, unrelated strategies combined with lower premerger performance have an even
better impact on merger performance than related ones do. Our results provide the
answer that the most successful companies in mergers are those that had lower
premerger bidder performance and that had unrelated diversification strategy.
These results can be explained by previous research which showed that in unrelated
acquisitions, value creation occurs and is associated with the coinsurance effect (Seth,
1990). Some other empirical evidence shows coinsurance effect for conglomerate
mergers (Kim and McConnell, 1977; Asquith and Kim, 1982; Choi and
Philippatos, 1983; Shrieves and Pashley, 1984). Coinsurance effect appears in
merger between companies whose earnings streams are less than perfectly correlated
i.e. unrelated mergers. In effect, one company can supply funds following the merger
to make up for the other's concurrent deficiency and thus creating higher cash flows
(Seth, 1990).
Also better performance of unrelated mergers combined with low premerger bidder
profitability may be explained with exploiting more financial synergies in unrelated
mergers than operational and collusive synergies in related acquisitions. According to
Chatterjee (1986) unrelated mergers are likely to have one form of synergy present,
i.e. financial synergy. That means that on average a large company has cheaper access
to capital than a small company does. Unrelated mergers may create financial
diversification when a company acquires another with a different business cycle to its
own, its income stream will be stabilized and the variance of the firm's returns
reduced (Steiner, 1975).

46

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Limitations
There are certain limitations which have to be discussed. First problem we will
mention is the problem of conceptualization and measurement of relatedness. In our
paper we defined relatedness on the basis of the same macro industry in the
Thompson One Banker data base because of the availability of this statistic. Also,
although readily available and widely used, the Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) classifications of mergers into groups
such as horizontal, vertical, product, conglomerate, are limited in their ability to
provide insights into the complex nature of relatedness (Lubatkin, 1983, 1987).
Besides of standard product-based definitions of relatedness, it implies connectivity
of critical organizational and strategic factors such as resource allocation patterns
(Harrison et al., 1991), management philosophy (Datta, Grant, &amp; Rajagopalan,
1991), and organizational culture (Chatterjee et al., 1992; Jemison &amp; Sitkin, 1986;
Nahavandi &amp; Malekzadeh, 1993), but a problem arises when researchers have to
decide on measurements of relatedness and availability of data.
Also, as Meeks and Meeks (1981) also stressed in their research, limitation arise
when using accounting measures as a metric of merger success. The central issue is
distinguishing the effect of the profit of efficiency changes, resulting from a merger,
from that of changes in bargaining power. For instance, if the participants'
bargaining power is on average enhanced by a merger, then profitability could rise
even though efficiency remained unchanged or actually fell.
One of the limitations could be the number of mergers used. As noted earlier, in our
research we only focused on 49 mergers out of 81 because for the remaining number
of mergers we could not find the needed data. If we would have this data, maybe the
results would show some other effects.
Finally, limitation may be related to the measurement time frame. It can be argued
that two years is not long enough for synergistic gains of merger to materialize, but
we were forced to limit the time frame to two years to limit probability of further
mergers in the sample. Therefore, adding additional years would have violated the
"clean data" criterion suggested by Choi and Philipatos (1983) and Lubatkin (1987).
Future research could compare different regions and countries during a longer period
of time to give a more conclusive result.

47

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

References
Agrawal A. &amp; Jaffe J. (2000). The post merger performance puzzle, Advances in
Mergers and Acquisitions, 1, 119-156.
Allison, P.D. (1998.) Multiple Regression: A Primer, 1st Edition, Pine Forge Press.
Altunbas, Y. &amp; Marques Ibanes, D., (2004). Mergers and Acquisitions and Bank
Performance in Europe – The Role of Strategic Similarities, Working Paper Series,
European Central Bank.
Asquith, P. &amp; Kim, E. H.. (1982). The impact of merger bids on the participating
firms' security holders. Journal of Finance, 37, 1209-1228.
Bruner, R. (2002). Does M&amp;A Pay? A survey of evidence for the decision maker.
Journal of Applied Finance, 12, 48–68.
Chatterjee, S. (1986). Types of synergy and economic value: The impact of
acquisitions on merging and rival firms. Strategic Management Journal, 7, 119-139.
Chatterjee, S. (1986). Types of Synergy and Economic Value: The Impact of
Acquisitions on Merging and Rival Firms. Strategic Management Journal, 7, 119139.
Choi, D., &amp; Philipatos, G. C. (1983). An examination of merger synergism. Journal
of Financial Research, 6, 239-256.
Cohen, J. &amp; Cohen, P. (1984). Applied Multiple Regression/Correlation Analysis for
the Behavioral Sciences, 2nd Edition, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Inc, New Jersey.
Datta, D. K., Grant, J. H., &amp; Rajagopalan, N. (1991). Management incompatibility
and post acquisition autonomy: Effects on acquisition performance. In P.
Shrivatsava (Ed.), Advances in strategic management, 7, 157-182. Greenwich, CT:
JAI Press.
Ernst D. &amp; Häcker J. (2007). Applied International Corporate Finance. Verlag Franz
Vahlen GmbH.
48

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Field, A.P. (2009). Discovering statistics using SPSS: and sex and drugs and rock ‘n’ roll.
3rd edition. London: Sage.
Gerbaud, R.R. &amp; York, A.S. (2007). Stock Market Reactions to Knowledge - Motivated
Acquisitions, Advances in Mergers and Acquisitions. 6. Elsevier.
Gugler K., Mueller D., Yurtoglu B. &amp; Zulehner C. (2003). The Effects of Mergers:
An International Comparison. International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21,
625-653.
Gujarati, D.N. (2002). Basic Econometrics; 4th edition, McGraw Hill, London.
Harrison, J. S., Hitt, M. A., Hoskisson, R. E., &amp; Ireland, R. D. (1991). Synergies
and postacquisition performance: Differences versus similarities in resource
allocations. Journal of Management, 17, 173-190.
Ingham, H., Kran, I., &amp; Lovestam, A. (1992). Mergers and Profitability: A
managerial success story?, Journal of Management Studies, 29, 195-208.
Jemison, D. B., &amp; Sitkin, S. B. (1986). Corporate acquisitions: A process
perspective. Academy of Management Review, 11, 145-163.
Kim, E. H. &amp; McConnell, J.J. (1977). Corporate mergers and the coinsurance of
corporate debt. Journal of Finance, 32, 349-365.
Kukalis, S (2007). Corporate Strategy and Company Performance - The Case of
Post-Merger Performance, The International Journal of Finance, 19, 4475- 4489.
Kusewitt, J. (1985). An exploratory study of strategic acquisition factors relating to
performance. Strategic Management Journal, 6, 151-169.
Larsson R. &amp; Finkelstein S. (1999). Integrating strategic, organizational, and human
resource perspectives on mergers and acquisitions: a case survey of synergy
realization. Organization Science, 10(1), 1–26.
Lubatkin, M. (1983). Mergers and the performance of the acquiring firm. Academy
of Management Review, 8, 218-225.
49

�Mirna Koričan, Zoran Barac, Ivija Jelavić

Lubatkin, M. (1987). Merger strategies and stockholder value. Strategic Management
Journal, 8, 39-53.
Lubatkin M, (1988). Value-Creating Mergers: Fact or Folklore?, The Academy of
Management executive, 4, 295-302.
Lubatkin M. &amp; O’Neill H. (1988). Merger Strategies, Economic Cycles, and
Stockholder Value. Interfaces, 18, 65-71.
Mackenzie, B., Coetsee, D., Njikizana, T., Chamboko, R. &amp; Colyvas, B. (2011).
Wiley Interpretation and Application of International Financial Reporting Standards
2011, New Jersey: John Wiley and sons.
Marks M. L. &amp; Mirvis P. H. (2001). Making mergers and acquisitions work:
Strategic and psychological preparation. Academy of Management Executive,15, 259275.
Meeks, G. &amp; Meeks, J.G. (1981). Profitability Measures as Indicators of PostMerger Efficiency, Journal of Industrial Economics, 29, 335-344.
Moeller, S.B., Schlingemann, F.P. &amp; Stulz, R.M. (2004). Firm size and the gains
from acquisitions. Journal of Financial Economics, 73, 201–228.
Nahavandi, A., &amp; Malekzadeh, A. R. (1993). Organizational culture in the
management of mergers. Westport, GT: Quorum.
Porter M.E. (1980). Competitive Strategy. New York: The Free Press.
Ramaswamy, K. (1997). The Performance Impact of Strategic Similarities in
Horizontal Mergers: Evidence from the U.S. Banking Industry, Academy of
Management Journal, 40, 697-715.
Roll, R. (1986). The hubris hypothesis of corporate takeovers. Journal of Business,
59, 197–216.
Rose, P.S. (1988). Characteristics of merging banks in the United States: Theory,
empirical results, and implications for public policy. Review of Business and Economic
Research, 24, 1-19.
50

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance

Rumelt, R. P. (1974). Strategy, Structure, and Economic Performance. Boston,
Harvard University Press.
Salter M.S. &amp; Weinhold W.A. (1978). Diversification Through Acquisition:
Creating Value. Harvard Business Review, 56, 166-176.
Scanlon, K.P., Trifts, J. W. &amp; Pettway, R.H. (1989). Impacts of relative size and
industrial relatedness on returns to shareholders of acquiring firms, The Journal of
Financial Research, 12, 103-112.
Seth A. (1990). Sources of value creation in acquisitions: a reexamination of
performance issues, Strategic Management Journal, 11, 99-115.
Shrieves, R. E. &amp; Pashley, M.M. (1984). Evidence on the association between
mergers and capital structure. Financial Management, 20, 39-48.
Stanton, R. L. (1987). Accounting rates of return as measures of post merger
performance. Australian Journal of Business, 12, 293–394.
Straub T. (2007). Reasons for Frequent Failure in Mergers and Acquisitions. Deutscher
Universitäts- Verlag, Wiesbaden.
Steiner P. O. (1975). Mergers, motives, effects, policies. Michigan: University of
Michigan Press.
Tuch, S. &amp; O’Sullivan, N. (2007). The Impact of Acquisition on Firm’s
Performance: A Review of the Evidence, International Journal of Management
Reviews, 9, 141-170.
Walker M. M. (2000). Corporate Takeovers, Strategic Objectives, and AcquiringFirm Shareholder Wealth. Financial Management, 29, 53-66.

51

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3899">
                <text>2405</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3900">
                <text>Impact of Related Acquisition Strategy on Bidding Company Performance</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3901">
                <text>KORICAN, MIRNA
BARAC, ZORAN
JELAVIC, IVIJA</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3902">
                <text>: Strategy researchers believe that the better the strategic fit or relatedness between the bidding and acquired firms, the greater should be the economic gain from the merger. Although merger performance has been widely researched we recognized that empirical results on merger performance are inconclusive and that there are research gaps related to geographical settings, time frame and methodological approach. Thus, the research question examined in our study was to find out if acquisition strategy or relatedness of merging companies increases performance of the bidding company. Also we considered moderating effect of premerger bidder profitability on the performance of the merger. Our study predicts that relatedness between merging companies has a positive impact on the merger’s performance. Results of 49 mergers completed in 2008 in EU member countries and Switzerland show that related mergers have better merger scores than unrelated mergers. We also predict that the impact of the related acquisition strategy becomes more positive as bidder premerger performance decreases.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3903">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3904">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3905">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="7">
        <name>HB Economic Theory</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="509" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="533">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/c9b5a91f319eab679e10d6bfbaa5a402.pdf</src>
        <authentication>5b770d0fbc9a232fe8fe8674351a5e10</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3914">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing
Tarik Kurbegović
Sarajevo Stock Exchange
Sarajevo, Bosnia-Herzegovina
tarik.kurbegovic@sase.ba
Abstract: One of the most important factors of conducting

business successfully and also in achieving the interests of the
owner of entity is adequate structuring of source of financing
of company or institution. Debt as a source of financing has
its advantages in terms of potential of increasing of wealth
for the owner of capital. On the other side, debt alone as
source of finance can be realized on a several ways, where
plenty of factors influence that choice. In the past few years
in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH), the possibility of finance
big infrastructural projects through emission of debt
securities has been often mentioned. Until now neither of
these projects has been financed in this way. About this
problematic can be spoken from many aspects such as:
strategic decisions, limits concerning budget deficit, technical
conductions, efficient managing of public debt and so
further. These are the facts that we want to consider when
we speak about capital market as alternative source of
financing trying to reach the advantages and disadvantages
of emission of debt securities including the possibilities,
techniques and benefits of financing of infrastructural
projects through bonds.

Keywords: Capital market,
Debt securities, Bond,
Alternative financing,
Municipal bonds

JEL Classification: O16
Article History

Submitted: 06 Jun 2013
Resubmitted: 02 October 2013
Accepted: 10 January 2014

http://dx.doi.org/
10.14706/JECOSS11423

53

�Tarik Kurbegović

Introduction
The foundations of the capital market in the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina
were laid down with the adoption of the Law on Securities in 1998, the Law on
Business Companies from 1999 and the laws establishing the fundamental capital
market institutions – The Securities Commission of the Federation of Bosnia and
Herzegovina and the Registry of Securities of the Federation of Bosnia and
Herzegovina. The launch of the Sarajevo Stock Exchange in 2002 marked a
milestone in the development of the capital market. On September 13, the Sarajevo
Stock Exchange (SASE) was founded in accordance with the Law on Securities as a
joint stock company by eight brokerage houses with the share capital of 300,000
KM. Following the adoption of the SASE Statute and the Rules, meeting of all the
technical and personnel preconditions and completing extensive preparations, the
first trading of shares was held on April 14, 2002 at the Sarajevo Stock Exchange.
The capital market development in the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina was
linked closely with the process of (mass) privatization. The privatization receivables
(“the certificates”) which were issued to all adults in the Federation of B&amp;H were
mostly invested into the Privatization Investment Funds (PIF) and companies
offering state capital. Poor awareness of the certificate owners and later share owners
on the rights and obligations regarding their ownership in the funds and privatized
companies lead to the fact that initial trading by these issuers on the Sarajevo Stock
Exchange was mostly conducted by discount rates.
The total turnover in SASE’s first year equalled to 41.6 million KM which was the
lowest annual turnover in the Company’s 10-year history. The market values of the
listed joint stock companies at the end of 2002 (market capitalization) amounted to
321 million KM.

54

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

Table 1. Overview of turnover and the market capitalization in the last ten years
Year

Turnover (KM)

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012

41.678.465,00
118.888.794,00
201.137.333,00
555.353.931,00
654.717.252,00
1.274.340.113,98
477.076.375,47
219.048.701,00
108.554.379,41
244.787.112,11
373.577.487,70

Market capitalization on
December 31 (in KM)
321.253.156,34
780.246.167,55
3.751.568.969,67
6.694.365.072,29
11.404.786.537,71
15.518.257.216,11
7.808.681.905,37
7.158.678.913,80
7.210.603.026,80
4.371.013.728,43
4.504.560.828,97

Source: www.sase.ba
The initial trading on the Stock Exchange was in the auction trading format with
one auction per day. The number of auctions later increased which lead to the
introduction of the Multi-Fixing Trading Schedule (MFTS) in 2004 intended for
stocks with higher solvency.
The SASE turnover and market capitalization were constantly increasing until 2007
when the annual turnover for the year amounted to 1.274 billion KM and the total
company market value equalling to 15.5 billion KM.
As a consequence of the global financial and economic crisis and its notable effect on
the biggest investors (Slovenia and Croatia) on the FB&amp;H capital market, the
turnover in 2008 experienced a sudden plunge. The trend of turnover and market
capitalization pull-down continued until 2010 which was followed by two years of
turnover surge.
In the first six years of SASE, the primary market material was shares of issuers from
the privatization process. After most of the companies of interest experienced
ownership consolidation and considering the fact that there was a standstill in the
privatization process the share of equities in the total turnover was reduced.

55

�Tarik Kurbegović

Despite the fact that in August 2007, a very successful sale of state-owned capital in
“Interšped plc Sarajevo” was held, the political turmoil did not allow for the process
to continue. Instead of equity instruments, the attention of the market from 2009
was drawn by the debt securities. This related to the bonds of the Federation of
Bosnia and Herzegovina issued on the basis of internal debt (old foreign currency
savings and war receivables). However, poor awareness of the bond owners on the
possibility of their sale on the secondary market and a relatively long maturity period
did not lead to the use of the securities’ full potential on the market.
A big change on the local capital market occurred in 2011 when the Sarajevo Stock
Exchange organized for the first time the primary market auction of treasury bills in
FB&amp;H. Perceiving the advantages of borrowing from the local market through the
Sarajevo Stock Exchange, the FB&amp;H Government had multiple entries on the local
market and thus fulfilled all its requirements for short-term and long-term financing.
Figure 1. Comparison of trading volume on BH stock exchanges

Source: www.sase.ba
The development of the capital market in the other BiH entity followed the trends
in the Federation of BiH. Although the Banja Luka Stock Exchange was establhed
somewhat earlier than SASE, until 2010 the turnover ratio of the two BiH Stock
Exchanges was 2/3 to 1/3 in favour of the Sarajevo Stock Exchange. However, in
2010 and 2011 due to a higher demand of the RS to finance its budget deficit and
56

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

the large number of municipal bond issuing, the ratio was turned in favour of the
Banja Luka Stock Exchange.
Ways of Financing Growth and Development
One of the most important factors of conducting business successfully and also in
achieving the interests of the owner of entity is adequate structuring of source of
financing of company or institution. Debt as a source of financing has its advantages
in terms of potential of increasing of wealth for the owner of capital. The thing that
we are speaking about is optimizing relationships of debt to ownership capital.
On the other side, debt alone as source of finance can be realized on a several ways,
where plenty of factors influence that choice. We mean here on financing through
bank credits versus financing by emission of debt securities. The sizes of a company
or an institution together with the financial system are most important factors that
determine not only the way of financing through emission of debt securities but also
considering it as an option or a possibility.
In the past few years in BiH the possibility of financing big infrastructural projects
through emission of debt securities has been often mentioned. Until now neither of
these projects has been financed this way.
About this problem can be spoken from many aspects such as: strategic decisions,
limits concerning budget deficit, technical conductions, efficient managing of public
debt and so further.
If it is about finance of corridor 5C or about financing infrastructural projects on the
local level, bank loans determine the way of financing in Bosnia. In most case these
loans are offered by international finance institutions or some countries. On the
other side by emission of bonds issued either by state/entity or more concrete public
company „Autoceste FBH“, the state itself would become investor. Thus the state,
entity, municipality and citizens instead of trading with bonds that are used with aim
to cover budget deficits can be used for infrastructural projects and development.
These are the facts that we want to consider when we speak about capital market as
alternative source of financing trying to reach what are the advantages and
disadvantages of emission of debt securities, what are the possibilities, techniques and
benefits of financing of infrastructural projects through bonds.
57

�Tarik Kurbegović

Debt as an Alternative Source of Financing
When we talk about debt or financing through debt and its reflection on the
economy, there is no single stance on the type of debt although there are the
Maastricht Criteria which state that it should not exceed 60% of the GDP and that
the deficit should not exceed 3% of the GDP.
The experts believe that the best way of debt management is to compare it with the
conditions in the countries in the region or beyond. If we take a look at the world
map and the state of public debt in each individual country, we will perceive that the
most developed countries are the ones most indebted. Doesn’t that lead us to a
conclusion that it is justified to go into a debt? On the other hand, countries which
are also considered as developed but are not indebted are either countries rich with
natural resources such oil or gas or the ones whose hyper-production and export
orientation generates a surplus which does not require them to borrow such as China
for example. Nevertheless, if we look at the situation in certain European countries
whose debt exceeds 100% of their GDP we will see that they are facing bankruptcy
while countries such as Belgium whose debt amounts to 97% of their GDP has no
problems with solvency and development (Denk, 2013).
What is important with debt? Firstly, the rate of growth of GDP must always be
higher than the rate of growth of public debt preventing the country to reach
insolvency and thus fail to fulfil its obligations. Secondly, to establish the reasons for
borrowing bas that will determine whether the current or the future generations are
to repay the debt: if the reason is to fill budget holes, then the burden should be
borne by the current generation (taxes) but if the borrowing is intended for
infrastructural investments for the benefit of the future generations then there are
grounds of transferring the debt onto the future generations (borrowings). The third
issue is whether to borrow from the local or foreign market as the effects on the local
economy are significantly different. The main arguments for local borrowing:
development of the local financial market and transparent trading and less exposure
to external risks (changes in interest and exchange rates). All this leads to the fact
that the most important issues regarding debt are not just parameters but proper
debt management - minimizing the negative and maximizing the positive effects.
The expected changes in interest rates are forecasted for the issuing of securities. If
the interest rates are expected to rise, long-term bonds will be issued but if they are
expected to drop the short-term bonds are to be issued. In the borrowing or in the
58

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

process of creating debt, it is important to evaluate whether the local economy can
bear the burden of debt repayment in the long-term. In order for the debt to have
minimum negative and maximum positive effects it is important to harmonize the
fiscal policy with the monetary policy. Moreover, the funds generated through
borrowing should be invested into developmental projects otherwise the public debt
policy is a risk factor which can endanger the future economic growth.
The alternative sources of financing may be viewed as a competition to the banking
sector. Namely, on the developed markets the banking sector is just one of the
players in the overall financial system struggling to earn its place in the system
whereas in our context the banking sector almost holds a monopoly. It goes without
saying that the competition gives rise to better services provided by the players in the
system and the capital market is the alternative source of financing for all target
groups of citizens, municipalities, cantons, entities, states and companies. How?
For example, the citizens can direct their savings in the bank, held at an interest rate
of 2% to 3%, towards buying of bonds which will bring them a return of 12% to
13% on an annual level through an interest rate incurred on the bond plus the
discount as they are buying before the maturity. That means that someone is selling
something for 92% 10 months before the maturity when he would get 100%.
The municipalities, cantons and entities may issue bonds and thus incur funds from
the investors (citizens, banks, companies) to finance their projects and obtain access
to financing for a much cheaper price than borrowing from banks. This means that
the characteristics of bonds as the capital market instrument cannot be disputed, it is
only the means of investing such funds which may be disputed for example if the
state is using the bonds to cover for the budget losses in order to pay off salaries to
the state administration instead of investing them into financing of projects which
would generate return of investment. The fact that the banks are investing the
citizens’ savings into the buying of bonds goes to prove the fact that the bonds are a
safe investment. The poor awareness of citizens and the absence of capital market
culture just add to the case.
Should we consider safety of bonds compare with banks, claiming that bank are
more sure – then it is more than questionable because if the banks run into trouble
their mother banks will not be liable for the sisters on our market as the principle of
solidarity is not valid in this case. Some banks are basic companies with limited
liability carrying the name of their mother company while the state can always
59

�Tarik Kurbegović

undertake fiscal measures such as taxes and make up for the money needed to settle
the debt.
Furthermore, in addition to bonds the companies also have the possibility of “going
public” i.e. the IPO which means that if they need new capital to expand their
prospective business they can transform themselves into a joint stock company and
list their shares on the primary market and thus obtain the funds instead of
borrowing from credit funds. Many people in BiH see this as a loss in the ownership
structure which is a completely wrong approach.
Not going beyond the borders of the former Yugoslavia, Stock Exchanges in the
region have developed as a consequence of the economic transition i.e. the
transformation of state capital into both state and private capital. As a result, the
offers of our Stock Exchanges usually included equity securities or simply shares and
stocks which were later followed by the debt securities notably bonds and treasury
bills.
Equity versus Debt
To explain briefly, shares are equity securities which give the shareholder the right to
make decisions at an assembly and to participate in the distribution of dividends
while the bonds and treasury bills are debt securities which oblige the buyer to pay
the bidder the annual interest in addition to the principal upon maturity during the
validity of the bond. The difference between the bonds and the treasury bills is that
bonds are long-term debt securities while T-bills are short-term securities with a
maturity of one year.
In principle, the bonds incur a regular income, less return with a low level of risk and
volatility (although there are exceptions). Everyone can achieve financial profit if
bonds are part of their financial portfolio. Bonds are debt securities issued by the
state (state bonds), local authorities (for example: municipal bonds) and companies
(corporate bonds) in order to finance different investments at a lower cost in
comparison to a classic credit. As opposed to shares, the bonds do not give the owner
the right to participate in decision-making and profit but they do entitle him to
return of the invested principal increased by the contracted interest rate for the
contracted period of time. The nominal value of the bond indicates the amount of
money the bond owner will get at the time of its maturity. The nominal (coupon)
interest rate on bonds is the rate used for calculating and paying interest in line with
60

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

the schedule stated in the bond. The maturity date is the date when the bond issuer
must pay the principal to the bond owners. In view of the fact that the bonds are a
long-term financing instrument, the maturity period is usually between 2 to 30 years
after the bond issuing. Most often the short-term bonds have a maturity period less
than a year, mid-term bonds have maturity period between two to ten years while
long-term bonds usually last for more than 10 years. As for the bond issuers, the
most common ones are state bonds, municipal bonds issued by the local authority or
corporate bonds issued by large companies and corporations.
Bonds are usually considered to be a less risky investment than stocks. When you
buy a bond at the time of their issue and you hold on to it until its maturity you will
incur regular income (interest, return) and the whole investment amount upon
maturity. The risk that you undertake (together with the inflation risk) might be in
the fact that the issuer will not be able to settle all its obligations, pay the interest and
pay your invested principal. This is known as the credit risk. In addition there is also
the market risk i.e. the risk of the bond price change. There is a constant fluctuation
in the value of bonds and if you wish to sell your bond before its maturity you might
get less than what you have paid for. In any case, bonds are a good option for
investment diversification (Orsag, 2011).
Bonds are a good form of investment for investors with low risk preferences and for
reducing the overall risk of portfolio diversification. Namely, in contrast to the
stocks, the bonds incur fixed return to their owners - the interest. Moreover, in the
business result distribution hierarchy and its salvage value bonds hold a superior
position over the share holders meaning that the companies are legally bound to pay
off the outstanding debts stemming from bonds prior to any pay off to the owners of
the company that has issued them. The state bonds are highly secure since the pay
off of their receivables is warranted by the state.
In making their decisions on using the capital market as the source of financing for
the development and/or expansion of their business activities, the legal entities have
to decide on the type of security which they wish to issue - the equity or the debt
securities. In the case of public sector- the state, cantons, city and municipality – this
dilemma does not exist as they can issue only debt securities. With companies, the
issue is whether they wish to enter into contractual relations (with the issuing of
bonds) or they wish to expand their ownership structure (with the issuing of shares).

61

�Tarik Kurbegović

The issuing of shares changes more or less significantly the ownership structure of
the company depending on the number of issued securities. That leads to changes in
company management and profit distribution. The most notable transition is from
the closed (equity) joint stock company into a (public) open joint stock company as
this is usually the first time the ownership is separated from the management
functions. This is the reason why the companies in BiH rarely opt for this move. On
the other hand, this move enables the company to ensure long-term capital for their
development as the issued shares do not have dates of maturity. Moreover, the
dividend as one of the integral parts of the overall return to investor is not
mandatory and is conditioned by the positive financial results and adequate assembly
decision (Stanley, 1989).
With the issuing of bonds, the company borrows from the investor. They are
entitled to period interest payoff (quarterly, semi-annually or annually) but do not
have the right to manage the company nor participate in profit distribution. One
advantage for the company is that there is no change in the ownership structure and
it creates a possibility for a later buy off of the bonds from the investor provided that
it stands in accordance with the decision on bond issuing.
From the investor’s point of view, the bonds as debt securities are ranked into a
category of safe securities in comparison to the stocks. The primary reason for this is
that the bond owners have priority in payoff in case of company’s bankruptcy while
the shareholders are the last in line for the pay.
Financing the Development of Local Municipalities
The municipal bonds i.e. the bonds issued by the local authority are a globally
popular means of financing the development of municipalities and other local selfauthority units. The reason for the instrument’s popularity lies in the advantages that
it offers to both the municipality and the investors. The following sector will present
according to the author's long year dealing with these issues the advantages for the
municipality:
Lower financing costs
In addition to the presence of the so-called “humanitarian loans”, the loans from
commercial banks are one of the most frequently used mechanisms of financing
municipal development. One of the reasons for this is primarily due to easy
62

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

accessibility of such loans (if we are talking about a financially sound municipality)
but also due to poor awareness of the municipal administration regarding alternative
sources of financing notably through the capital market. In order to understand the
advantage of lower financing bonds with the issuing of municipal bonds, it is
important to draw your attention to the difference between the active and passive
interest rates in the banking system. The passive interest rates are those incurred by
the citizens or companies when they deposit or term deposit their assets in the bank
while the passive interest rates are paid when the citizen or the company takes out a
loan to settle its necessities. If we analyse the situation in Bosnia and Herzegovina in
2012, the difference between the active and the passive interest rates or the so-called
interest spread was not less than 4%. Why is this important in our elaboration of
municipal bonds? It is because this is the so-called “interest area” from where the
municipalities (or other legal entities) may opt to borrow achieving significant
savings on one side and motivating the population enough to buy the municipal
bonds on the other.
More flexible borrowing terms
Looking from the aspect of flexibility and adaptability to the needs of the
municipalities for the financing of infrastructural projects, the bank loans are very
limited. The banks are not very willing to give long-term loans and their loans are
very often placed under a floating interest rate. In bond issuing, the municipality has
much more flexibility in terms of maturity which enables much longer maturity
dates but also enables more precise definition of modalities and loan repayment
schedule. If we add a standard fixed interest rate to this there are enough reasons to
seriously start thinking about bond issuing instead of taking up loans. Of course, in
setting out the terms and conditions, the municipality needs to take into account
that the issuing terms are attractive enough for the investors to buy these securities.
Fostering the municipal administration
With bond issuing, the municipality needs to be more transparent and open in terms
of their financial operations. The investors are unwilling to invest into a “black box”
and the municipal administration must define clearly the channels and the action
plan for their incurred investments. The more detailed and credible the action plan,
the less possibility for undedicated asset spending and the bond issuing will be more
successful.
63

�Tarik Kurbegović

Investing into municipal bonds also has advantages for the investors. To name the
few:
Higher return than with fixed-deposits
The municipal bonds often incur higher interest than fixed deposits and much
higher return than in case of a vista deposits. Moreover, investing into municipal
(and other public sector bonds) has a very positive tax treatment. For example, very
often the amount of money invested into such financial instruments is deduced from
the investor’s tax basis which, together with the higher interest rates in general makes
the municipal bonds instruments with a relatively high rate of return in comparison
with other (debt) instruments.
Safety
As with other public sector securities, the municipal bonds are also considered to be
safe securities. The logic behind this claim is that if there is a problem in the
repayment of the borrowed amount, the municipality may always introduce the final
measure of local tax increase or introduce para-fiscal levies although such behaviour
surely would not have a positive effect on the investors.
Participation of local population in municipal development
A fact which we cannot forget is the effect the municipal bonds have on “local
patriotism.” in view of the fact that the municipalities are places where people live it
is in everyone’s interest for the municipality to prosper and develop. This can be an
additional motivational factor for the local businessmen or wealthier citizens in the
municipality to buy this type of financial instrument. However, we must be aware
that today’s sole reliance on patriotism will not ensure bond issuing success.
The first municipal bonds were issued in 2008 in Bosnia and Herzegovina,
accidentally or not in Municipality of Laktaši. The issued bonds valued at 10 million
KM issued at a period of 6 years and at an interest rate of 5.75% were issued to build
a sports centre. In Republika Srpska, several dozen municipalities have issued bonds
and thus generated significant funds. The fact that the Investment-Development
Bank of Republika Srpska ensured the success of most of the issuing and that this
served as a political instrument of awarding credits to politically eligible
municipalities does not diminish the importance of the mere issuing for the
64

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

development of their capital market. In the Federation of BiH, two municipalities
have issued their bonds. The pioneer step was taken by Municipality Tešanj with the
issuing of bonds valued at 500.000 KM for a period of 3 years and at an interest rate
of 6%. Tešanj was soon followed by Cazin which issued bonds valued at 1 million
KM, at an interest rate of 6% for a period of 5 years.
Financing of Infrastructural Projects
The infrastructural projects are among other things a driver of development of the
local community and the state/entity in general. In addition to being an incentive for
economic growth, such (successful) projects raise the living standard of the whole
population, provide support to business activities and finally increase the level of
competition of the local community/region/state where the project is being
implemented.
In addition to all the other factors in involved in the implementation of
infrastructural projects, a very important segment is the model and means of project
financing. In view of that there is a whole range of modalities and approaches to
financing. In the previous section we saw some basic characteristics and advantages
of project financing by means of bond issuing (in public and private sectors) and in
the following section we will give a brief overview of the alternative models for
financing infrastructural projects and a longer review of debt financing via bonds and
financing through a mixed partnership of the public and private sector.
Financing of infrastructural projects can be categorized in several ways depending on
the criteria of categorization. These are (Aralica et al., 2007):
• local and foreign financing depending on the asset source of origin, then
• public, private, mixed types of models/categories depending on the investor’s
sector of origin (public/private);, and
• personal or external financing (from the current budget revenues) depending
on the techniques and instruments of financing.

65

�Tarik Kurbegović

Within the scope of the third category, the external financing may come from
different sources and be implemented with different techniques and instruments.
Thus we can differentiate the following types of financings:
• donation that include for example EU funds, local funds and local
development banks and agencies (state, entity…), foreign development banks
and other institutions, foreign development agencies and similar
institutions…,
• DEBT FINANSING where we usually have the commercial bank loans from
local development banks and agencies, foreign development banks (EBRD,
WB, EIB...), borrowing through BOND issuing
• financing by means of “own capital” (financing which includes private equity,
the so-called public-private-partnership) where we can talk about concessions,
joint ventures and the so-called project financing.
In this paper we will not be able to give a more detailed overview of the
aforementioned aspects, models and categories of financing but we will rather focus
on the debt financing through bond issuing and financing which involves the
profit/private sector or the public-private partnership. Recently, the public sector has
been turning to the private sector more often than ever to support it in their
development and provision of infrastructural services. The public administration
which is faced with the ever growing service demand, significant institutional and
operational deficiencies and limited financial assets, has recognized the private sector
as the valuable source of new technologies, management expertise and source of
investment capital. The global experiences have shown that if they are designed
properly, the system of the public-private partnership can largely influence boost in
quality, availability and cost efficiency of local infrastructural services.
Financing through bond issuing as a realistic alternative to investment loans and the
whole spectrum of possible financing sources, certainly has its advantages for both
the lender and the borrower (which we mentioned in the previous sections of this
paper) and leaves a positive effect on the financial market as a whole. However, the
reality has shown that this system of financing was chosen by a relatively small
number of municipalities and other levels of authority in the recent period. We can
look for the reasons to this in the low level of awareness on the advantages of such
forms of financing as it is (nevertheless) easier and (faster) to get access to the bank
loan. Moreover we can add the insufficient engagement of the local and other levels
of authority in choosing projects and seeking (combining) different sources of
66

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

financing. Perhaps this situation is favourable at the moment as it leaves the local
authorities (and other levels) with a lot of space to borrow, however such borrowing
needs to be accompanies with a strategic approach, coordination, a clear plan and
aims, good budget planning and discipline.
In analysing the characteristics of bonds for financing infrastructural projects we can
make a clear distinction between the state- financed infrastructural projects or
projects financed on the local level (Orsag, 2012).
In the first case, the state can be easily indebted by using various instruments and
arrangements with a standard coupon bonds (bonds with one-off depreciation) being
the principal option. In this case, such bonds have significant advantages since the
only thing financed until their date of maturity is the interest - this is a very
important characteristic at the moment. Moreover, we need to take into
consideration that it is important to plan and manage the public debt carefully. We
can say that it is realistic to expect that due to an upward economic cycle, at the time
of maturity the budget flow will be sufficient to settle the principal without
additional borrowing which leads us to conclude that the public debt in this context
may significantly be decreased in the upcoming period with the issuing of bonds at
the moment. This gives us the right to claim that the current economic situation in
BiH is favourable for borrowings for the financing of infrastructural projects namely the most advantageous being the bond issuing (Šimović, 2005).
We will mention here that (apart from all the other classifications and
characteristics) the bonds issued by the public authorities may be general obligation
bonds and revenue bonds (bonds of special purpose). The general obligation bonds
are characterised by the general obligation of the issuer to repay the debt and the
principal and interest may be settled from any authority source of revenue.
The revenue bonds are issued with the purpose in generating revenue from specific
projects. The principal and the interest are paid from the revenue generated by the
facility built from the previous borrowing. For example, pay toll collection may pay
for the obligations incurred with the issued bonds.
In principal, the state does not issue revenue bonds unless it represents a guarantor of
the issuing for the local community or a state-owned company and different state
agencies.
67

�Tarik Kurbegović

The direct financing of state infrastructural projects should primarily take place with
the issuing of general obligation bonds. This is also possible in case the state is using
state-owned companies or legal entities established specifically for these purposes as
project holders intended for infrastructural project implementation and
management. These companies are engaged in one phase or throughout the project,
either independently or in partnership with the private sector (Special Purpose
Vehicle). here we can talk additionally about the public-private partnership where we
can involve the private sector in the ownership structure of such companies and the
combinations in that context (the contractual relations, the modalities of financing)
are vast and require special attention as the adequate model may generate significant
positive results both in the financial terms and other aspects of the infrastructural
project (Kačer et al., 2008).
We have to understand that the possible combinations of the private and public
sector partnership are vast in terms of financing, implementation, ownership,
management, level of risk and its distribution. In the following section we will give a
brief overview of these models. All models of the PPP may be grouped into several
basic forms of implementing the public-private partnership:
• Management contracts and service contracts by which the private sector
undertakes to provide services on behalf of the public sector.
• Lease agreements by which the public sector offers the private sector the use of
its property. The private partner leases/rents the property and often develops
it in both technological and functional context.
• Joint venture agreements by which the public and the private sector establish a
joint business entity in order to implement a project where the amount and
means of investing and sharing risk is defined by contract.
• Build-Operate-Transfer – concession agreements by which the public sector
transfer part of its rights and tasks for conducting the relevant business activity
onto the private sector partner for a specific period of time.
• Private finance initiative PFI– a form of PPP belonging to the Design-BuildFinance-Operate contract type. The other forms of partnership include
BOOT (Build-Own-Operate-Transfer), DBFOOT (Design-Build-FinanceOwn-Operate-Transfer) and other. As part of the PFI, the public sector leases
or buys a specific type of public assets or public services rendered by the
private sector partner.

68

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

• BOO (Build-Own-Operate) and BBO (Buy-Build-Operate) contracts- by
which the private partner is buying, building, maintaining and operating the
property in its sole ownership and by managing it, the private sector partner
bears all the risks but also enjoys all the benefits of providing the contracted
public service (Guidelines for Successful Public-Private Partnership, 2003).
In the following section we will present the different forms which appeared as
models of PPP in practice (especially after the 1980’s):
• FO - Finance Only: The private sector, notably banks and funds directly
finance the building of public infrastructure.
• DBB: Design-Bid-Build: The public sector partner sets out project terms of
reference, ensures financing and project design while the private bidder is
responsible for the building. The public sector partner provides the service,
maintains the facility and owns the constructed building.
• DBM: Design-Build-Maintain: The private sector designs, builds and
maintains the infrastructure, undertakes cost, quality and maintenance risks of
the building.
• OM: Operate-Maintain: By means of contract, the private sector partner
provides the service using public assets or public property but the ownership is
still in the hands of the public sector.
• DBO: Design-Build-Operate: The private sector designs and builds the public
asset while the financing costs are borne by the public sector. Upon the
building completion, the private partner take up a long-term lease over the
facilities and uses them for service provision.
• BOT: Build-Operate-Transfer: The private sector builds the public asset and
uses it for service provision. The public partner as the service provider
(controlled by the public sector) collects the fees for the provided services
from the public sector and/or the end users. After the expiry of the long-term
lease, the public asset is returned to the public sector partner.
• DBFO: Design-Build-Finance-Operate: The private sector designs, builds and
finances the implementation of the public asset and takes up a long-term
lease. It manages the service provision and uses the public asset for a
contracted number of years.
• (BOOT: Build-Own-Operate-Transfer): The private sector builds the public
asset upon the design of the public sector, owns it for a contracted period of
time and uses it for service provision. The public partner as the service
69

�Tarik Kurbegović

•
•

•

•

•

•

provider (controlled by the public sector) collects the fees for the provided
services from the public sector and/or the end users. After the expiry of the
long-term lease, the public asset is returned to the public sector partner
without a fee.
LDO: Lease-Develop-Operate: The private partner takes the public asset up
for a lease, develops it in technical and functional terms and manages its use.
BLOT: Build-Lease-Operate-Transfer: The private partner builds the public
asset and takes it up for a lease. The ownership over the asset remains with the
public sector while the private sector provides services using the leased public
asset. With the expiry of the contracted period, the ownership over the public
asset is returned to the public partner.
BUYOOT: Buy-Own-Operate-Transfer): The private sector buys the public
asset, uses it for a contracted number of years and provides services. With the
expiry of the contracted period, the ownership over the public asset is
returned to the public partner without a fee.
DBFOOT: Design Build-Finance-Own-Operate-Transfer): The private sector
designs, builds and finances the public project, manages the service provision
and operates the public asset which is in his ownership for a contracted
number of years. With the expiry of the contracted period, the ownership over
the public asset is returned to the public partner without a fee.
BOO: Build-Own-Operate: The private sector builds and manages the public
asset in its ownership without the obligation of transferring the property to
the public sector. The monitoring over the private sector service provision is
most often performed and regulated by the public authorities.
BBO: Buy-Build-Operate: The private sector buys the public asset, develops
and manages it, provides services to the public sector or the end users. With
the expiry of the contracted period, the private sector retains the ownership
rights over the public asset (Robert, 2001).

Conclusion
The debt as the source of financing has potentially significant benefits (if adequately
managed and implemented) both in the private and the public sector. If analysed in
the wider context, the capital market should provide its participants multiple means
and instruments for debt collection and implementation namely the long-term debt
which is to be used for investment projects (both public and private). In the current
practice, the most common debt was the banking debt from traditional credit
agreements implemented without incurring securities. Such an arrangement has its
70

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:
Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing

advantages but also disadvantages as it does not have the option of debt
implementation through the issuing of debt securities. The presence of a number of
institutions representing the infrastructure of the modern capital market creates a
basic precondition for the future segmentation of the capital market regarding the
offer/generation of different forms of securities holding different characteristics
(risks, maturity...etc) and it seems that at the moment there are realistic conditions
for a more significant bond issuing on the local and other higher levels of authority
in BiH.
The bonds take up their place both with private and public issuers although in the
case of the private sector, this instrument is primarily reserved for the big joint stock
companies. On the other hand, bond issuing as the means of financing development
and infrastructural projects in municipalities, regions, entities and states represents a
potentially very important segment of functioning and purpose of the capital market.
A very popular phrase in the last several decades has been the public-private
partnership. There are reasons why there has been an “explosion” of this joint
approach in the provision of public services/products. It is necessary to know the
different models that have appeared in the current practice all with the aim of
drawing on the positive experience and applying the suitable model responding to
the specific project or need.
References
Aralica, Z., Račić, D. &amp; Šišinački, Jelena (2007) Project financing of infrastructure,
Privredna kretanja i ekonomska politika, 17/112, 52-87
Denk, O. (2013), “Italy and the Euro Area Crisis: Securing Fiscal Sustainability and
Financial Stability”, OECD Economics Department Working Papers, No. 1065,
OECD
European Commission, Directorate-General, Regional Policy (2003) Guidelines for
Successful Public-Private Partnership. Brussels
Kačer, H., Kružić, D., &amp; Perković, A. (2008) Javno - privatno partnerstvo –
Atraktivnost DBFOOT Modela, Zbornik radova Pravnog fakulteta u Splitu,
45,3/2008, 603-640
71

�Tarik Kurbegović

Orsag, S. (2011) Vrijednosni papiri: investicije i instrumenti financiranja, Revicon,
Sarajevo
Orsag, S., (2012) Emisija dužničkih vrijednosnih papira vs kreditna zaduženja i
financiranje infrastrukturnih projekata emisijom, Zbornik radova , Revicon, Sarajevo
Publishing
Robert J., (2001) Models for the financing of regional infrastructure and
development projects, with a particular attention to the countries of Central and
Eastern Europe. Public – private partnerships in spatial development policy,
European regional planning (CEMAT), No. 63, Council of Europe Publishing
Stanley B. Block and Geoffrey A. Hirt, (1989) Foundation of Financial Management,
fifth edition, Richard D. Irwin, Inc., Homewood, Illinois
Šimović, H. (2005) Municipal bonds in Croatia, (Municipalne obveznice i njihova
primjena u Hrvatskoj), Financije i porezi, 12(3), 8-13
www.oecd.org/belgium
Sarajevo Stock Exchange. Retrieved from www.sase.ba.

72

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3907">
                <text>2406</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3908">
                <text>Capital Market in Bosnia and Herzegovina:  Unused Potential as Alternative Source of Financing  </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3909">
                <text>KURBEGOVIC, Tarik</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3910">
                <text>One of the most important factors of conducting business successfully and also in achieving the interests of the owner of entity is adequate structuring of source of financing of company or institution. Debt as a source of financing has its advantages in terms of potential of increasing of wealth for the owner of capital. On the other side, debt alone as source of finance can be realized on a several ways, where plenty of factors influence that choice. In the past few years in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH), the possibility of finance big infrastructural projects through emission of debt securities has been often mentioned. Until now neither of these projects has been financed in this way. About this problematic can be spoken from many aspects such as: strategic decisions, limits concerning budget deficit, technical conductions, efficient managing of public debt and so further. These are the facts that we want to consider when we speak about capital market as alternative source of financing trying to reach the advantages and disadvantages of emission of debt securities including the possibilities, techniques and benefits of financing of infrastructural projects through bonds.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3911">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3912">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3913">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="55">
        <name>HG Finance</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="510" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="534">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/dbb05b53cd88fed26dc5fe38f7040e60.pdf</src>
        <authentication>370d2b83de3ed2e2cd477971bcad12b1</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3922">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis: Case of
Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina
Jasmina Okičić
University of Tuzla
Bosnia-Herzegovina
jasmina.okicic@untz.ba
Sonja Remetić-Horvath
University of Vienna
Wien, Östereich
Baris Büyükdemir
Ceros Holding AG
Ceros Menkul Değerler AS
İstanbul, Turkey
Abstract: The main goal of this paper is to scientifically Keywords: discriminant analysis,
examine and propose new approach of stock selection and stock selection, stock return,
analysis based on multivariate technique, i.e. discriminant capital market of Bosnia and
analysis, in order to help investors, individual and Herzegovina

institutional, in their decision making process, especially in
case of underdeveloped capital markets. Therefore, in this
paper we investigate the cross—sectional relation between
the independent variables of the model, comprised of beta
coefficient and some fundamental variables as well as the
average stock returns on the underdeveloped capital market
of Bosnia and Herzegovina. We concluded that
discriminant analysis is a useful quantitative tool that can
help investors in shaping their investment strategies. We also
found that the beta coefficient, market capitalization and
realized historical return have discriminatory capabilities in
case of the capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina. The
real implications of this research can be seen in the shaping
of investment strategies of potential investors looking to
diversify their portfolios. The main limitations of this study
are to be found in the shorter available financial time series
in newly formed capitalistic economy, missing data due to
the lack of collective records on levels of securities offerings
issues.

JEL Classification: G11, C38
Article History

Submitted: 06 June 2013
Resubmitted: 17 October 2013
Accepted: 11 December 2013

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JEC
OSS11421
5

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Introduction
The stock selection is one of the most important decisions an equity investor has to
make. The use of quantitative models and methods of stock selection has many
advantages in the portfolio construction. For underdeveloped capital markets,
however, quantitative stock selection models are still rarely used. Therefore, and
based on theoretical inferences and empirical evidence on stock selection process, the
main goal of this paper is to scientifically examine and propose new approach of
stock selection and analysis based on multivariate technique, i.e. discriminant
analysis, in order to help investors, individual and institutional, in their decision
making process, especially in case of underdeveloped capital markets. These markets
are generally characterized by low market capitalization, poor liquidity and turnover,
weak legal protection for minority shareholders, low correlation with developed and
emerging capital markets, etc. All of this directly determines investment decision
making process on one hand and on the other may have crucial impact on portfolio
performance as well. Therefore, in this paper we investigate the cross – sectional
relation between the independent variables of the model, comprised of beta
coefficient and some fundamental variables as well as the average stock returns on
the capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Since the goal defines objectives of
any research, the main objective of this paper is stock selection process based on
discriminant analysis. Having in mind the above said, the central research hypothesis
shall be as follows: Discriminant analysis is a useful quantitative tool that can help
investors in shaping their investment strategies. The paper is organized as follows. After
introduction, the first section gives a short overview of the recent literature that is
relevant to the main objective of the paper. The second section brings description of
our research methodology. In the third section we explain the data and finally the
fourth section, that is the centre of the paper, contains analysis of the result of the
stock selection process based on discriminant analysis. In the end, we give some final
remarks and conclusions.
Literature Review
So far, a significant number of scientific researches have been conducted on the use
of quantitative models and methods of stock selection. Siqueira, Otuki and Da Costa
(2012) used discriminant analysis in order to analyze nexus between stock return and
some selected fundamental variables. They examined stocks traded on Sao Paulo
Stock Exchange and found out that the beta coefficient has discriminatory
capabilities.
6

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Şenol, Dinçer and Timor (2012) proposed stock selection model based on
fundamental and technical analysis by using artificial neural networks and support
vector machines. Schadler and Eakins (2001) examined a stock selection model using
Morningstar’s style box. Basing on the Gordon model perspective and applying
multiple criteria decision making (MCDM), Lee, Tzeng, Guan, Chien and Huang
(2009) explore the influential factors and relative weight of dividend, discount rate,
and dividend growth rate. Among the eight evaluation criteria, market beta was the
most important factor influencing investment decisions, followed by dividend
growth rate and risk-free rate.
In their research, Shiuh-Nan, Chin-Tsai and Wang-Ching (2007) chose relative
operating performance and stock price evaluation as stock classification criteria, and
applied them to divide the sample stocks into four types, i.e.: value, monitor,
speculative and avoidance. Kuang Yu and Chuen-Jiuan (2009) combined the
moving average autoregressive exogenous (ARX) prediction model with grey systems
theory and rough set (RS) theory to create an automatic stock market forecasting and
portfolio selection mechanism.
Chunhachinda, Dandapani, Hamid and Prakash (1997) investigated portfolio
selection and skewness. The empirical findings suggested that the incorporation of
skewness into an investor's portfolio decision causes a major change in the
construction of the optimal portfolio. Sorensen, Miller and Ooi (2000) introduced
an alternative approach to traditional methods of stock screening based on a
statistical technique known as classification and regression tree (CART). In their
paper, Achour, Harvey, Hopkins and Lang (1998) examined stock selection in
emerging markets of Malaysia, Mexico and South Africa, where they presented a
comprehensive, market – by – market analysis of the information in firm attributes
for portfolio strategies. Van der Hart, Slagter and Van Dijk (2002) concluded that
within emerging markets, value, momentum and earnings revisions strategies are
successful in selecting well performing stocks. The excess returns of these strategies
are strongly significant. Combining the factors into one model enhances the
performance.

7

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Theoretical Background
According to Huberty and Olejnik (2006) some of the ideas associated with
discriminant analysis (DA) go back to around 1920 when the English statistician
Karl Pearson (1857–1936) proposed what was called the coefficient of racial likeness
(CRL), a type of intergroup distance index. The idea of multivariable intergroup
distance was translated to that of a linear composite of variables derived for the
purpose of two – group classification by R. A. Fisher (1890–1962) in the 1930s. The
distance and variable composite ideas appeared in print prior to Fisher’s seminal
discriminant analysis article in 1936.
Discriminant Analysis: A Methodological Overview
Basically, discriminant analysis is a multivariate statistical method designed to set up
a model to predict group memberships. The model consists of discriminant
functions that appear based on a linear combination of predictive variables that
provide the best discrimination between groups.
This analysis is the appropriate statistical technique when the dependent variable is
categorical and the independent variables are metric. Brown and Wicker (2000, p.
209) claim that discriminant analysis is a powerful descriptive and classificatory
technique developed to: (1) describe characteristics that are specific to distinct
groups; and (2) classify cases (i.e., individuals, subjects, participants) into preexisting groups based on similarities between that case and the other cases belonging
to the groups.
Discriminant analysis results with the discriminant function (or variate), i.e. linear
combination of the independent variables that are capable to discriminate between a
priori defined groups. Discrimination is achieved by setting the variate’s weights for
each variable to maximize the between – group variance relative to the within group variance (Hair, Anderson, Tatham and Black, 1998, p. 244). Each
discriminant function has the general form (Brown and Wicker, 2000, p. 219):

D = a + b1 x1 + b2 x2 +  + b p x p ,

(1)

where D is the discriminant score, a is the y - intercept of the regression line, b is the
discriminant function coefficient, x is the discriminator variable raw score, and p is
the number of discriminator variables. Discriminant analysis multiplies each
8

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

independent variable by its weight and adds these products together. As a result,
discriminant score for each independent variable in the analysis is calculated. By
averaging these scores for all the independent variables within a particular group, we
get the group mean. This mean is referred to as centroid that indicate the most
typical location of any independent variable from a particular group, and
comparison of the group centroids shows how far apart groups are along the
dimension being tested (Hair, Anderson, Tatham and Black, 1998, p. 245).
Data
The capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina is characterized by territorial division,
the incompatibility of entity institutions and of legal regulations; which negatively
affect the investment climate and the liquidity of securities.
According to the MSCI Global Market Accessibility Review (2012), capital market
of Bosnia and Herzegovina is included in the so called standalone markets. These
markets include all country markets covered by MSCI but not included in the MSCI
International Indices. This category includes potential candidates for the MSCI
Frontier Markets Indices that currently do not meet the minimum liquidity
requirements as well as markets that are currently partially or fully closed to foreign
investor. Furthermore, stocks lending and short selling are activities that are either
not developed or completely prohibited in all standalone market countries and the
summary does not highlight these issues on a country-by-country basis.
Basically, the MSCI Global Market Accessibility Review (2012) provides an
evaluation of the four market accessibility criteria, which are: (1) openness to foreign
ownership; (2) ease of capital inflows/outflows; (3) efficiency of the operational
framework and (4) stability of the institutional framework. In case of capital market
of Bosnia and Herzegovina, the evaluation of the above mentioned criteria is given
in Table 1.

9

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Table 1. Assessment results for the capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina
Criteria
Openness to foreign ownership
Investor qualification requirement
Foreign ownership limit (FOL) level
Foreign room level
Equal rights to foreign investors
Ease of capital inflows / outflows
Capital flow restriction level
Foreign exchange market liberalization level
(there is no offshore currency market )
Efficiency of the operational framework
Market entry
Investor registration and account set up
Market organization
Market regulations (not all regulations can be found in English)
Competitive landscape
Information flow i
Market infrastructure
Clearing and Settlement (there is an absence of a real DVP system and
the prefunding of trades is required in Republic of Srpska)
Custody ii
Registry / Depository (there are two central depositories, each of them
acting as central registry)
Trading (there is a very limited level of competition among brokers
which can lead to high trading costs)
Transferability
(in-kind transfers and off-exchange transactions are prohibited)
Stock lending
Short selling
Stability of institutional framework

Evaluation
++
++
++
++
++
+

++
+
-/?
-/?
++
++
-/?
-/?
+
-/?
+

Source: The MSCI Global Market Accessibility Review (2012), p. 45
Note: ++: no issues; +: no major issues, improvements possible; -/?: improvements needed
/ extent to be assessed
The capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina consists of two independent regions
that have separate stock exchanges, i.e. The Sarajevo Stock Exchange or SASE which
operates in Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina and The Banja Luka Stock
Exchange or BLSE which operates in Republic of Srpska. Each of the above
mentioned stock exchanges has its own regulation and indices calculated on daily
10

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

basis. SASE, for example, has three indices, i.e.: (1) Bosnian Investment Fund Index
- BIFX which is the first index published by the SASE. It consists of the stocks of the
11 investment funds registered in the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina
(formerly Privatization Investment Funds - PIFs). By its purpose, it is considered a
benchmark index, whose main goal is to provide investors a general view and
evaluation of the current market trends in the segment of investment funds listed at
the SASE. iii (2) The Sarajevo Stock Exchange Index 10 – SASX-10 is the main index
on the SASE. It depicts the price movement of the top 10 issuers on the SASE
(excluding investment funds) ranked by market capitalization and frequency of
trading. iv (3) The Sarajevo Stock Exchange Index 30 – SASX-30 is the index of the
Primary Free Market of the SASE. It depicts the price movement of the issuers on
the Primary Free market, which is reserved for the most liquid issuers from the free
market. Its main goal is to serve as a general benchmark index. v
On the other hand, BLSE has six indices, but only three are active. These indices are:
(1) The Investment Funds Index of the Republic of Srpska – FIRS which consists of
the stocks of investment funds that fulfill selection criteria vi. (2) The Stock Exchange
Index of the Republic of Srpska – BIRS which consists of the socks of from 5 to 30
issuers. Number of issuers whose stocks may be included in the BIRS depends on the
number of the issuers listed on the BLSE Official Market and the number of stocks
that fulfill criteria for the BIRS composition. vii (3) The Index of Electric Energy
Sector of the Republic of Srpska – ERS10 which consists of the stocks of the 10
companies from the power utility sector which are listed on the BLSE. viii
The only index that represents stocks traded both at SASE and BLSE is the Bosnian
Traded Index or BATX ix. It is a capitalization-weighted price index x which is made
up of the most actively traded and highest capitalized stocks traded at the SASE and
BLSE. The index is calculated and disseminated on a real-time basis in EUR, USD
and BAM. BATX is designed as a tradable index to be used as an underlying
instrument for structured products and for standardized derivatives (futures and
options). xi
Sample
Given the large number of available, but not actively traded securities, in this paper
we will use subset of the most actively and highest capitalized stocks traded on SASE
and BLSE. Since BATX incorporates the most liquid securities from the capital
market of Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH Telecom – BHTSR, Bosnalijek - BSNLR,
11

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Fabrika duhana Sarajevo - FDSSR, JP Elektroprivreda BiH - JPESR, Nova banka ad
Banja Luka - NOVB-R-E, Telekom Srpske - TLKM-R-A) xii, we will use them as a
sample xiii in the further process of stock selection as well as some of the top 10 issuers
in 2012 (Tvornica cementa Kakanj d.d. Kakanj - TCMKR, Elektro grupa d.d. Jajce
- ELGJR, ZIF BIG Investiciona grupa d.d. Sarajevo - BIGFRK3, ZIF Bosfin d.d.
Sarajevo - BSNFRK2, ZIF MI Group d.d. Sarajevo - MIGFRK2, IK Banka d.d.
Zenica - IKBZRK2, ZIF Zepter fond ad Banja Luka - ZPTP-R-A, ZIF Jahorina
Koin ad Pale – JHKP-R-A).
Our observed period of time is December 2009 - December 2012. Top 10 issuers by
turnover both on BLSE and SASE in 2012 are presented in Table 2.
Table 2. Top 10 issuers by turnover in 2012
Rank

Issuer
(SASE)

Turnover
(in BAM)

1.

Bosnalijek d.d. Sarajevo

35.762.756,14

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

BH Telecom d.d.
Sarajevo
Tvornica cementa
Kakanj d.d. Kakanj
Fabrika duhana
Sarajevo d.d. Sarajevo
Elektro grupa d.d. Jajce
ZIF BIG Investiciona
grupa d.d. Sarajevo
ZIF Bosfin d.d.
Sarajevo
ZIF MI Group d.d.
Sarajevo

4.716.269,56
4.531.367,17
4.256.016,17
4.149.400,00
2.430.672,12
2.269.729,58
2.185.090,45

9.

Dobrinja d.d. Ilidža

2.070.613,85

10.

IK Banka d.d. Zenica

1.889.629,11

Issuer
(BLSE)
Republika Srpska T bills
Republika Srpska izmirenje ratne štete
Telekom Srpske ad
Banja Luka
Republika Srpska stara devizna štednja
Kaldera Company
d.o.o. Laktaši
Republika Srpska izmirenje ratne štete
Republika Srpska izmirenje ratne štete
ZIF Zepter fond ad
Banja Luka
Republika Srpska izmirenje ratne štete
ZIF Jahorina Koin ad
Pale

Turnover
(in BAM)
14.841.884
14.175.515
12.979.869
7.616.466
6.624.484
4.525.190
4.191.977
4.161.346
2.781.926
2.564.735

Source: Annual Report 12 (2012), p. 21 and Annual Statistical Report (2012), p. 2

12

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Dependent and independent variables
Since, index BATX is made up of the most actively traded and highest capitalized
stocks traded at the SASE and BLSE we coded all issuers that, at the moment when
this research was done, were included in the index mentioned, with number 1
(Highest liquidity). And those issuers from our sample that, at the time this research
was conducted, were not included in BATX we coded with the number 2 (Lowest
liquidity).
In this context, liquidity may be defined as possibility to convert stocks into cash and
vice versa without affecting the price or with minimal impact on it. If we denote
successive stock price xiv made at time t and t+1 as Pt and Pt+1, respectively, then
continuous compounding transforms a stock price series {Pt } into a return series

{rt } as:
rt = ln

Pt
.
Pt −1

(2)

The independent variables of the model were comprised of following variables: beta
coefficient, market capitalization, turnover and return. The beta coefficient was
estimated as:

β=

cov(ri , rm )
,
σ 2 (rm )

(3)

where cov(ri , rm ) is the covariance between the asset returns and the returns on the
selected indices, and σ 2 (rm ) is the variance of returns on the selected indices.

Special attention was given to the variables “market capitalization” and “turnover”
which are a gross value, and therefore represented in rather high monetary terms.
Thus, to standardize it according to the other variables and make the analysis more
meaningful its logarithm was calculated.

13

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Empirical Results and Discussion
Empirical results xv will be present in the following order. First, we will give short
overview of descriptive statistics and correlation analysis. After that, estimation of the
beta coefficient will be presented and at the end results of estimated discriminant
function will be discussed.
Descriptive Statistics and Correlation Analysis
By using scientific method, and in order to create a better insight into a specificity of
observed financial time series, we will analyse some basic parameters of descriptive
statistics for the observed period of time.
Based on the Jarque-Bera test we reject the null hypothesis (H0: the data are from a
normal distribution) at the 5% significance level for the following variables:
BIGFRK3, BSNFRK2, FDSSR, TCMKR, ERS10 and SASX30. Only BSNFRK2,
JHKP-R-A, ZPTP-R-A and TLKM-R-A had positive average return (Table 3). The
same conclusion is for ERS10 and FIRS (Table 4). Based on the analysis of results
given in Table 3, it can be concluded that BHTSR, BSNFRK2, ELGJR, FDSSR,
JHKP-R-A, JPESR, MIGFRK2, NOVB-R-E and ZPTP-R-A had positive skewness.
In the case of selected indices, positive skewness has been detected with BATX,
BIRS, ERS10, FIRS, SASX10 and SASX30.
Skewness and excess kurtosis, based on historical simulation, are given in Figure 1.

14

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Figure 1. Skewness and kurtosis excess
15

Historical Simulation (Performance): Skewness
Historical Simulation (Performance): Kurtosis Excess

10
5
0

SASX30

SASX10

JPESR

ERS10

BIRS

BIFX

BATX

ZPTP-R-A

TLKM-R-A

TCMKR

NOVB-R-E

MIGFRK2

JHKP-R-A

IBZRK2

FDSSR

ELGJR

BSNLR

BSNFRK2

BIGFRK3

BHTSR

Cash

-5

Why is this so important to analyze? Well, the skewness of a symmetric distribution,
such as the normal distribution, is zero. Positive skewness means that the
distribution has a long right tail and negative skewness implies that the distribution
has a long left tail.
In other words, negative skewness means there is a substantial probability of a big
negative return. Positive skewness means that there is a greater-than-normal
probability of a big positive return. Furthermore, kurtosis points out leptokurtosis
for all selected variables, except for IKBZRK2, NOVB-R-E and ZPTP-R-A.

15

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

16

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Table 4. Descriptive statistics - indices
Variables:
Parameters:

BATX

BIFX

BIRS

ERS10

FIRS

SASX10

SASX30

Mean

-0.004267

-0.003875

-0.005721

0.000244

0.000330

-0.009035

-0.004603

Median

-0.002465

-0.000760

-0.007594

-0.007388

-0.011953

-0.004061

-0.009721

Maximum

0.097816

0.079885

0.095962

0.280094

0.175007

0.146682

0.096895

Minimum

-0.086516

-0.148956

-0.080724

-0.125555

-0.106946

-0.120636

-0.047559

Std. Dev.

0.042950

0.042600

0.038246

0.073986

0.062848

0.048972

0.028226

Skewness

0.162552

-0.856056

0.364747

1.782538

1.062165

0.445566

1.521780

Kurtosis

3.201353

5.147046

3.094798

7.671008

4.146038

4.796183

6.242264

Jarque-Bera

0.219352

11.31171

0.811722

51.79214

8.739272

6.030584

29.66329

Probability

0.896124

0.003497

0.666403

0.000000

0.012656

0.049032

0.000000

17

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

18

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

19

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Correlation matrix was presented in Table 5. Correlation between two variables
indicates the level to which those variables move together. The sample correlation
coefficient r is an estimate of the population correlation coefficient ρ. We also tested
statistical significance of correlation coefficients where the following hypotheses were
being tested (Doane, Seward, 2009, p. 501):
H0: ρ = 0 ,
H1: ρ ≠ 0 .
Shaded values in Table 5 show that the correlation coefficient is significant at the
0.01 or 0.05 level. After examining basic parameters of descriptive statistics and
correlation analysis, in the next part of the paper, we give results of the beta
coefficients estimation.
The Beta Coefficients Estimation
In the case of prime linear regression, it is significantly important to test the
hypothesis if the slope coefficient (β) equals zero. This is an important question
because if β = 0, than independent variable does not influence dependent variable.
In that case, the following hypotheses are tested (Doane, Seward, 2009, p. 520)
H0: β = 0 ,
H1: β ≠ 0 .
Results of the beta coefficient estimation for selected dependent and independent
variables are presented in the following table.

20

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

21

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Shaded values in the previous table show that, with 5% risk, can be concluded that
variable x (selected indices) influences variable y (selected issuers), and that the
estimation of parameter β is statistically important, i.e. in this case we reject null
hypothesis. xvi
Discriminant Function Analysis
The first objective of discriminant analysis is to identify a set of variables that “best”
discriminates between the two groups. In our case, we had two groups, i.e. the most
liquid (group 1) and the least liquid (group 2) stocks from the capital market of
Bosnia and Herzegovina. As we explained earlier, the independent variables of the
model were comprised of the following variables: beta coefficient, market
capitalization, turnover and return. Since we have, depending on index selected,
seven beta coefficients for every issuer, general form of the discriminant function can
be noted as follows:

D = a + b1 x1 + b2 x2 + b3 x3 + b4 x4 + b5 x5 + b6 x6 + b7 x7 + b8 x8 + b9 x9 + b10 x10 ,

(4)

where x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6 and x7 represent estimated beta coefficient in accordance
with indices BATX, BIFX, BIRS, ERS10, FIRS, SASX10 and SASX30, respectively;
x8 represents (logarithmic) market capitalization, x9 is used as representation of
(logarithmic) turnover and x10 as a representative of return. We used stepwise
method that basically removes independent variables that are not significant. A
variable with very low tolerance contributes little information to a model and
therefore may be removed from it. In our case, out of initial ten independent
variables, we are left with only five of them: x1 – BATXBETA, x4 – ERS10BETA, x6 –
SASX10BETA, x8 – LOGMCAP and x10 – RETURN. Summary of the most relevant
results is presented in the following tables.
Table 7. Eigenvalue
Function
(1)

Eigenvalue
210.391

% of Variance
100.0

Cumulative %
100.0

Canonical Correlation
0.998

The larger the eigenvalue, the more of the variance in the dependent variable is
explained by that function. Also, the canonical correlation is the measure of
association between the discriminant function and the dependent variable. The
square of canonical correlation coefficient is the percentage of variance explained in
22

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

the dependent variable. In our case, that means that 99.60% (0.998 x 0.998) of
variance in the dependent variable is explained by the model.
Furthermore, results of the Wilk’s Lambda test are presented in Table 8.
Table 8. Wilks' Lambda
Test of Function(s)
(1)

Wilks' Lambda
0.005

Chi-square
24.092

df
5

Sig.
0.000

Wilks's lambda, is an inverse measure of the importance of the functions. Values
close to 1 indicate that almost all of the variability in the discriminator variables is
due to within-group differences (differences between cases in each group); values
close to 0 indicate that almost all of the variability in the discriminator variables is
due to group differences (Brown and Wicker, 2000, p. 223). Basically, Wilks'
lambda is a measure of how well each function separates cases into groups. Smaller
values of Wilks' lambda indicate greater discriminatory ability of the function.
The interpretation of the discriminant coefficients (or weights) is like that in
multiple regression. Table 9 provides an index of the importance of each predictor
like the standardized regression coefficients did in multiple regression. The sign
indicates the direction of the relationship.
Table 9. Standardized canonical discriminant function coefficients
Function
(1)

x1
8.078

x4
-6.110

x6
-3.274

x8
7.045

x10
-4.643

Summa summarum, our estimated model can be written as follows:
D = 8.078 BATXBETA − 6.110 ERS10 BETA − 3.274 SASX 10 BETA + 7.045 LOGMCAP − 4.643RETURN

Basically, the standardized discriminant function coefficients indicate the relative
importance of the independent variables in predicting the dependent. In our case,
BATXBETA score (variable x1) was the strongest predictor while LOGMCAP score
(variable x8) was next in importance as a predictor. These two variables with large
coefficients stand out as those that strongly predict allocation to the most liquid or
the least liquid group. In general, if we rank these other coefficients by their absolute
values, next to LOGMACP, as the best predictor comes ERS10BETA (variable x4),
23

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

RETURN (variable x10) and finally SASX10BETA (variable x6). Let us now examine
the practical implications of these results.
BATXBETA, or the beta coefficient as a measure of sensitivity of a stock price to
movement in BATX, is very important tool when making an investment decision on
capital market in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Why? Well, since the BATX is made up
of the most liquid stocks traded on SASE and BLSE, every investor should first
examine the sensitivity of the selected stock to the mentioned index.
Beta coefficient has proved itself as a very useful instrument which investors can use
in the process of defining an investment decision on the capital market. For example,
if we look at Table 6, we see that the estimation of parameter BATXBETA was
statistically important in case of the following issuers: BHTRS, BSNLR, FDSSR,
NOVB-R-E and TLKM-R-A. Furthermore, when knowing the beta coefficient, an
investor may classify any selected stock in one of the three possible groups, i.e.: (1)
an average stock (β = 1); (2) an aggressive stock β &gt; 1, and (3) a defensive stock (β &lt;
1). An average stock, according to the definition, will have beta 1 value, which
means that its return will proportionally follow return on the selected stock exchange
index. A beta coefficient higher than 1 implies that returns for the stock move more
than the market. These stocks are known as aggressive. On the other hand a beta of
less than 1 means that the stock will be less volatile than the market. These stocks are
known as defensive. According to the results presented in Table 6 all of the selected
stocks may be classified as defensive.
As second best predictor in our analysis, LOGMCAP, or the number of stocks
multiplied by their current price on the stock market, is in general, very important
tool in investment decision making. Since market capitalization may be used as a
measure of liquidity (Von Wyss, 2008) this indicator is especially important when
investing in underdeveloped capital markets.
Furthermore, the modern portfolio theory predicts that if the general assumptions of
the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) hold, and the markets are efficient,
systematic risk is the only priced in factor. However, there is a stream of literature
that spills doubt over CAPM and provide evidence that the systematic risk factor is
not the only priced factor, adding firm-specific parameters such as company size
(which can be seen as a proxy for marketability, large bid-ask spreads, nontransparent information, etc.) and earnings yield affect returns to the discussions.
Measuring the size of a company by its market capitalization value, studies utilizing
24

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

data from different stock exchanges, often find that smaller companies carry a so
called “small-firm” premium and earn higher returns than their larger counterparts
in a buy and hold strategy. Since 1926, the nominal returns on large cap stocks have
averaged about 10% per annum, whereas small-cap stocks brought about 12% and
corporate bonds about 6% gross of inflation rate and taxation (Keating, 2013).
Developed markets have acknowledged this, and decision makers have placed large
incentives in form of commissions and trading spreads to support small-caps with
equity analysis, market makers and the like. As concerns for investor protection rise
in the recent years the rule making has reversed a bit.
When allocating funds to peripheral and emerging markets, investors particularly
look into parameters such as market capitalization and liquidity, as well as market
depth (the sensitivity of bid-ask spreads on the local stock exchange to the placement
of trading volumes within a certain period of time). This liquidity risk is defined as
the risk of a security not being able to trade quickly enough in the market such to
prevent losses. In the modern times of high frequency trading, sophisticated systems
and cash abundant investors in search of yields, liquidity provides investors with an
option to exit, and induces them to take risk, growing capital formation, which in
turn funds innovation and leads to constantly improving standard of living. If
liquidity is eliminated or reduced, this process is reversed meaning that smaller
markets will be more and more excluded in investment decisions based on these
parameters and seen as unattractive for any sort of capitalization, which in turn
diminishes future economic growth. The impact of liquidity can be reduced, if firms
have a firm financial management in place and diversify across several liquidity
providers in the region.
Investing in small-cap companies is one of the most widely used passive growth
strategy where discipline and diversification gains on importance. A conviction bet in
a less liquid market can bring higher returns; as such markets are more volatile,
rewarding their participants for the risks being taken. Understanding this
relationship between company size, return potential and risk is crucial before adding
any equity position to the investor portfolio.
Conclusion
In this paper we investigated the possibilities of stock selection and analysis on the
underdeveloped capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Due to its many
specificities (such as low market capitalization, poor liquidity and turnover, weak
25

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

legal protection for minority shareholders, low correlation with developed and
emerging capital markets, etc.), any kind of scientific research on this market can
help investors in shaping their investment strategies. Therefore, the main goal of this
paper was to scientifically examine and propose new approach of stock selection and
analysis based on multivariate technique, i.e. discriminant analysis, in order to help
investors, individual and institutional, in their decision making process, especially in
case of underdeveloped capital markets. The main limitations of this study are to be
found in the shorter available financial time series in newly formed capitalistic
economy, missing data due to the lack of collective records on levels of securities
offerings issues. However, the main advantage of this research is that we concluded
that discriminant analysis is a useful quantitative tool that can help investors in
shaping their investment strategies in case of capital market of Bosnia and
Herzegovina. We also found that the beta coefficient, market capitalization and
realized historical return have discriminatory capabilities in case of the capital market
of Bosnia and Herzegovina. The real implications of this research can be seen in the
shaping of investment strategies of potential investors looking to diversify their
portfolios as well as financial managers of smaller listed companies looking for ways
to make their financial structure more attractive to investors. To summarize,
previously formulated scientific hypotheses can be confirmed and further research
suggests a need for more in depth analysis of effects investment strategies based on
the new approach of stock selection and analysis proposed in this paper.

References
Achour, D., Harvey, C.R., Hopkins, G., Lang, C. (1998). Stock Selection in
Emerging Markets: Portfolio Strategies for Malaysia, Mexico and South Africa.
Emerging Markets Quarterly, 2 (Winter), 38 – 91.
Annual Report 12 (2012). Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 19 April 2013,
from http://www.blberza.com/Pages/DocView.aspx?Id=25691
Annual Statistical Report (2012). Sarajevo Stock Exchange, Retrieved 19 April 2013,
from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/en-US/Reports/Periodical_statistical
_reports/Semi-annual_and_Annual_trade_reports/ctl/ArticleView/mid/962/articleId
/2491/Annual-Statistical-Report-2012zip.aspx

26

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Bosnian Investment Fund Index – BIFX, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange, Retrieved
18 April 2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/enUS/Market/Index/Index_BIFX.aspx
Bosnian Traded Index (BATX), The Wiener Börse AG, Retrieved 20 April 2013,
from http://en.indices.cc/static/cms/sites/indices/media/en/pdf/
download/profiles/en_BATX.pdf
Bosnian Traded Index in BAM - BATX BAM, The Wiener Börse AG, Retrieved 7
July 2012, from http://en.indices.cc/indices/details/bxl/composition/
BOSNIAN TX BAM (BXL.VI), Yahoo! Finance, Retrieved 14 December 2012,
from http://finance.yahoo.com/q/hp?s=BXL.VI+Historical+Prices
Brown, M.T. &amp; Wicker, L.R. (2000). Discriminant analysis. In H.E.A. Tinsley,
S.D. Brown (Eds.), Handbook of Applied Multivariate Statistics and Mathematical
Modeling (pp. 209 – 235). London: Academic Press.
Chunhachinda, P., Dandapani, K., Hamid, S., &amp; Prakash, A.J. (1997). Portfolio
Selection and Skewness: Evidence From International Stock Markets. Journal of
Banking &amp; Finance, 21 (2), 143 – 167.
Doane, D.P. &amp; Seward, L.E. (2009). Applied Statistics for Business &amp; Economics (2nd
ed.). New York: The McGraw - Hill Companies, Inc.
Hair, J.F., Anderson, T.E., Tatham, R.L., &amp; Black, W.C. (1998). Multivariate Data
Analysis (5th ed.). New Jersey: Prentice - Hall, Inc.
Huberty, C.J. &amp; Olejnik, S. (2006). Applied MANOVA and Discriminant Analysis
(2nd ed.). New Jersey: JohnWiley &amp; Sons, Inc.
Keating, T. (2013). Tick Size Bill to Restore Liquidity to Small-Cap Stocks, peHUB
Canada. Retrieved 6, September 2013, from http://www.pehub.com/2013/06/11
/tick-size-bill-to-restore-liquidity-to-small-cap-stocks/
Kuang Yu, H. &amp; Chuen-Jiuan, J. (2009). A hybrid model for stock market
forecasting and portfolio selection based on ARX, grey system and RS theories,
Expert Systems with Applications, 36 (3), 5387 – 5392.
27

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Lee, W., Tzeng, G., Guan, J., Chien, K. &amp; Huang, J. (2009). Combined MCMD
techniques for exploring stock selection based on Gordon model. Expert Systems with
Applications, 36 (3), 6421 – 6430.
Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of Investment Funds Index
of Republic of Srpska, The Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 20, April 2013,
from http://www.blberza.com/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver
/19709/files/FIRS%20methodology.pdf
Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of Stock Exchange Index of
Republic of Srpska (2011). The Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 20 April
2013, from http://www.blberza.com/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver
/19710/files/Methodology_BIRS_20_05_11.pdf
Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of The Index Of
Companies Of Power Utility Of The Republic Of Srpska, The Banja Luka Stock
Exchange, Retrieved 20 April 2013, from http://www.blberza.com
/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver/19711/files/METODOLOGIJA%20ERS10%2
0engl.pdf
SArajevo Stock EXchange Index 10 - SASX-10, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange,
Retrieved 18 April 2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/enUS/Home.aspx
SArajevo Stock EXchange Index 10 – SASX-10, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange,
Retrieved 19 April 2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/enUS/Home.aspx
Schadler, F.P. &amp; Eakins, S. G. (2001). A stock selection model using Morningstar’s
style box. Financial Services Review, 10, 129 – 144.
Şenol, E., Dinçer, H., &amp; Timor, M. (2012). Artificial Neural Networks and Stock
Selection Model Based on Fundamental and Technical Analysis Variables by Using
Support Vector Machines. Review of Economics &amp; Finance, 2 (3), 106 – 122.
Sharma, S. (1996). Applied multivariate techniques. New York:
John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc.
28

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis:
Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Shiuh-Nan, H., Chin-Tsai, L., and Wang-Ching, C. (2007), Formulating a Novel
Stock Selection Model Using DEA and Grey Situation Decision Model. Journal of
Statistics and Management Science, 10 (1), 103 – 127.
Siqueira, E., Otuki, T. &amp; Da Costa, N. (2012). Stock Return and Fundamental
Variables: A Discriminant Analysis Approach. Applied Mathematical Sciences, 6
(115), 5719 – 5733.
Siegel, J. J. (1992). The Equity Premium: Stock and Bond Returns since 1802.
Financial Analysts Journal, 48 (1), 28-38.
Sorensen, E. H., Miller, K.L. &amp; Ooi, C.K. (2000). The Decision Tree Approach to
Stock Selection. The Journal of Portfolio Management, 27 (1), 42 – 52.
The Bosnian Traded Index (BATX), The Wiener Börse AG, Retrieved 30 December
2012, from http://en.indices.cc/indices/cee/profiles/batx.html
Van der Hart, J., Slagter, E. &amp; Van Dijk, D., (2002). Stock Selection Strategies in
Emerging Markets. Medium Econometrische Toepassingen, 10 (3), 9 – 13.
Von Wyss, R., (2004). Measuring and Predicting Liquidity in the Stock Market.
(Doctoral disertation, St. Gallen University). Retrieved 25 September 2013, from
http://www1.unisg.ch/www/edis.nsf/SysLkpByIdentifier/2899/$FILE/dis2899.pdf
Stock market information, including dividend information, is often not complete and is not
always disclosed in English. There is no central source for this type of information.
ii
According to additional information, it has been learned that there are several active
custodians available for foreign investors.
iii
Bosnian Investment Fund Index – BIFX, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange, Retrieved 18 April
2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/en-US/Market/Index/Index_BIFX.aspx
iv
SArajevo Stock EXchange Index 10 – SASX-10, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange, Retrieved
18 April 2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/en-US/Home.aspx
v
SArajevo Stock EXchange Index 10 – SASX-10, The Sarajevo Stock Exchange, Retrieved 19
April 2013, from http://195.222.43.81/sase-final/language/en-US/Home.aspx
vi
Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of Investment Funds Index of
Republic of Srpska, The Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 20, April 2013, from
http://www.blberza.com/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver/19709/files/FIRS%20methodolo
gy.pdf
i

29

�Jasmina Okičić, Sonja Remetić-Horvath, Baris Büyükdemir

Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of Stock Exchange Index of
Republic of Srpska, The Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 20 April 2013, from
http://www.blberza.com/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver/19710/files/Methodology_BIRS
_20_05_11.pdf
viii
Methodology for Establishing, Calculating and Revision of The Index Of Companies Of
Power Utility Of The Republic Of Srpska, The Banja Luka Stock Exchange, Retrieved 20
April 2013, from http://www.blberza.com/Cms2FileCache/files/cms2/docver/19711/files
/METODOLOGIJA%20ERS10%20engl.pdf
ix
For more information see: The Bosnian Traded Index (BATX), The Wiener Börse AG,
Retrieved 30 December 2012, from http://en.indices.cc/indices/cee/profiles/batx.html
x
Real historical values for BATX are available at: BOSNIAN TX BAM (BXL.VI), Yahoo!
Finance, Retrieved 14 December 2012, from http://finance.yahoo.com/q/hp?s=BXL.VI
+Historical+Prices
xi
Bosnian Traded Index (BATX), The Wiener Börse AG, Retrieved 20 April 2013, from
http://en.indices.cc/static/cms/sites/indices/media/en/pdf/download/profiles/en_BATX.pdf
xii
For more information on composition of BATX see: Bosnian Traded Index in BAM BATX BAM, The Wiener Börse AG, Retrieved 7 July 2012, from
http://en.indices.cc/indices/details/bxl/composition/
xiii
Dobrinja d.d. Ilidža was not used because at the time this research was done, quotes
weren’t available on the official web site of the SASE.
xiv
For this, in this paper the stock closing prices for the first and last trading day of each
month were collected.
xv
All results in this research were generated by: SPSS® Student Version 11.0 for Windows®,
©SPSS Inc. 2002, Quantitative Micro Software EViews 7.1 Enterprise Edition 2010 and
STATISTICA 7.0 Copyright© StataSoft, Inc. 1984-2004.
xvi
Null hypothesis is confirmed in this case, if p – values are higher than selected significance
level.
vii

30

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3915">
                <text>2404</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3916">
                <text>Stock Selection Based on Discriminant Analysis: Case of Capital Market of Bosnia and Herzegovina </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3917">
                <text>OKIČIĆ, Jasmina
REMETIC HORVATH, Sonja
BUYUKDEMIR, Baris</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3918">
                <text>The main goal of this paper is to scientifically examine and propose new approach of stock selection and analysis based on multivariate technique, i.e. discriminant analysis, in order to help investors, individual and institutional, in their decision making process, especially in case of underdeveloped capital markets. Therefore, in this paper we investigate the cross—sectional relation between the independent variables of the model, comprised of beta coefficient and some fundamental variables as well as the average stock returns on the underdeveloped capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina. We concluded that discriminant analysis is a useful quantitative tool that can help investors in shaping their investment strategies. We also found that the beta coefficient, market capitalization and realized historical return have discriminatory capabilities in case of the capital market of Bosnia and Herzegovina. The real implications of this research can be seen in the shaping of investment strategies of potential investors looking to diversify their portfolios. The main limitations of this study are to be found in the shorter available financial time series in newly formed capitalistic economy, missing data due to the lack of collective records on levels of securities offerings issues.   </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3919">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3920">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3921">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="7">
        <name>HB Economic Theory</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="511" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="535">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/553ce794e37bbbac64a96c8ce8b1c43e.pdf</src>
        <authentication>8190aa1dfb06e8922bfe2e6bb788694c</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3930">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic
Growth and Development
Mladen Rebić,
University of East Sarajevo
Bosnia and Herzegovina
rebicmladen@yahoo.co.uk
Nemanja Šarenac
University of East Sarajevo
Bosnia and Herzegovina
nemanja.sarenac@gmail.com
Abstract: Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&amp;H), as well as many

other countries in transition, was faced with inadequate
and insufficient technological progress, which is the result of
years of neglect of investment in science, research, and new
technology. This paper attempts to present the actual
situation in B&amp;H in terms of technological progress,
innovation and investment in scientific research, as well as
to offer basic guidelines for getting out of this difficult
situation. B&amp;H is located at the bottom of the all European
countries when it comes to innovation, research and new
technologies, and consequently it is not surprising that the
B&amp;H economy consistently recorded poor results. Investment
in research and development and employee education is the
primary goal of any successful company, whether it is a
small, medium-sized enterprise or oligopoly. Therefore, the
aim of this paper is to determine the guidelines i.e. strategic
objectives, which will constitute the basis for future progress
of B&amp;H in the field of technological progress. Empirical
research, which was conducted in order to determine the
strategic objectives, has been carried out by using a
questionnaire built on a sample of the leading experts in this
field in B&amp;H.

Keywords: Technological

Progress, Innovation, Research
and Development, Patents, ICT
Index.

JEL Classification: L10, L13
Article History

Submitted: 16 April 2013
Resubmitted: 1 July 2013
Accepted: 20 November 2013

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JEC
OSS11424

73

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

Introduction
For decades, technological progress has been considered the key pillar of economic
development in the world. Consequently, investment in research and development
should be the primary goal of every company in B&amp;H, and also the state.
The progress and success of one country largely depends on science and technology,
research and innovation, but if one wants to talk about the existence of high-quality
research and technological competitiveness it is necessary to have sufficiently good
educational system, i.e. educated workforce, young scientists, researchers, and so on.
However, a good educational system implies the existence of active support and
protection by the state! B&amp;H cannot boast with high quality education and with
much care to invest in scientific research activities, new technologies, inventions and
inventors. The reason why the educational system, research, and thus technological
progress in Bosnia and Herzegovina, is in such a desperate position is the lack of
adequate support from the state.
Finland can be mentioned as a good example of success and taking care of human
capital, education, investing in innovation. In the period 1991 – 1995, Finland
increased investment in science and education for incredible 82%! The results were
impressive. In 1991, Finland was a country with serious problems i, but in 2000 it
realized a budget surplus of 7% and an unemployment rate of 10%. Thanks to
investment in education and new technologies, Finland regenerated and significantly
increased its technological competitiveness, which was driven by rising exports and
industrial production. Here, we speak about industry based on information
technology (IT industry), innovation and education, i.e. knowledge economy ii.
Position of the EU, in this field is not very good, compared to the rest of the world.
For many years, the EU has been trying, by size of funds for investment in research
and development, to catch up with the U.S. and Asian countries especially iii. It
suffices to say that in the top twenty companies in the world, by number of
innovations, EU has only two firms - German Siemens and Finnish Nokia. It should
be mentioned that the lead story on this topic belongs to companies from the U.S.,
followed by Japan and South Korea. Consequently, EU decision to establish
"Innovation Union" is no surprise. The main task of “Innovation Union” will be to
raise competitive readiness of the EU compared to the rest of the world in the field
of technological progress, i.e. investment in research and development.
74

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

Therefore, it is necessary for B&amp;H to begin to follow the path already headed by
Finland, Turkey, China, India and so on. It is necessary to pay more attention to
education, scientific research, new technologies, as well as to prevent the outflow of
"brains" from Bosnia and Herzegovina.
The fact is that progress in the field of new technologies and technological progress
in B&amp;H is not possible without adequate help and support from the state. Bosnia
and Herzegovina has a very small investment in science, research and development,
and therefore it is very important that the already meager funding available is not
put into the wrong hands. Help from the state should primarily be directed towards
firms (entrepreneurs) who are willing to invest their capital in research and
development, employment, local and regional development, in order to stimulate
economic growth and technological progress. What are these companies? Which
market structures do they belong to? The first part of this paper will try to provide
an answer to these questions, in order to give guidance in which direction the
government support should be directed when it comes to research, innovation and
technological progress. In fact, all major research and analyses carried out in this area
are based on the hypothesis of Schumpeter (1928, 1942), which is based on the fact
that most of the innovations are implemented by large companies (monopolies).
Attention will be based on Schumpeter hypothesis, and the paper will try to come to
the knowledge what size of the company (the market structure) is most prepared for
serious investment in research and development, i.e. implementation of innovative
activities. On the one hand, there is the attitude of Schumpeter that favors highly
concentrated markets, i.e. large firms and on the other hand, especially in recent
times, there are more and more supporters of the opposite position involving that
the greatest willingness to invest in research and development is shown in the small
and medium-sized companies - competitive market structures. It is known that the
EU is on its way to increase technological competitiveness, giving special attention
and support to small and medium enterprises. In fact, there are serious indications
that the oligopoly is the most appropriate and best market structure, and also the
fastest market structure to implement certain innovative activities.
Due to the loose connection of scientific and business sector, universities and the
private sector, the constant neglect of the importance of technological progress,
B&amp;H is very low positioned in the field of technological readiness and innovation,
which is discussed in the second part of this paper.

75

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

In the end, the paper will talk about ICT index, as one of many indices that will
enable us to study the competitor readiness and B&amp;H position, relative to other
countries in the region and the world, in the field of technological readiness and
progress.
Market Concentration and Innovation
Schumpeter's hypothesis
‘’The fundamental impulse that sets and keeps the capitalist engine in motion comes from
the new products, new methods of production or transportation, the new markets, new
forms of industrial organization that capitalist enterprise creates.’’
(Schumpeter, 1942)
As it has been already announced in the introduction of this paper, the starting point
of its analysis is Schumpeter's hypothesis, from his work "Capitalism, Socialism, and
Democracy" (Schumpeter 1942), that larger firms invest more in research and
development. Schumpeter’s view was based on the fact that the existence of large
firms and their market power are the basis for the implementation of large-scale
plans. According to Schumpeter large firms represent "the engine of economic
progress." However, the main problem of this approach to the problem might be the
fact that Schumpeter never explicitly explained why the big companies are better
innovators.
On the other hand, Schumpeter has provided two complex arguments - hypotheses
(Hutschenreiter, Leo, 1994: 52):
• Innovations increase more than proportionally with the size of the company,
• Innovations increase along with the increase of concentration.
During the past few decades, many experts in this field have tested these arguments.
The results to which most of them came are that they could not fully confirm the
claims of Schumpeter.
The small company also may have a relative advantage in innovation in terms of
highly innovative industries, in which highly educated workers are essential
components. Also, small firms have a relative advantage in innovation when it comes
to radical innovation, and also where production is more labor-intensive than
76

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

capital-intensive. Under these conditions, and if there are no significant barriers to
market entry, a small company can access particular industry with more competitive
and flexible ideas, products and manufacturing processes, challenging the domicile
companies and continuously disrupting the existing patterns of production in a
given industry. The advantage of small businesses rely on the idea that firms with
high market power usually become "lethargic" in an effort to adapt to certain
changes in technology, and that they are more concerned about maintaining the
current technological development rather than initiating new investments in process
innovation iv. On the other hand, large firms have an advantage in innovation in
industries that are capital-intensive, and concentrated, and have the production of
differentiated products. Large companies have also advantages in innovation when
the environment is stable, where the tastes are not changing fast, and where the
product is standardized. Under these circumstances, specialization provides
cumulative advantage to current leaders, which allows large companies to achieve
abnormal profit, which they will be able to use later for the enormous investment in
research and development, and also for the hiring of professional managers and
engineers. Large firms possess more assets compared with small firms. Consequently,
large firms more easily access loans with more favorable interest rate, they are also
capable to quickly reduce their operating costs and invest more in innovation - that
finally would lead to the reduction of production costs. All mentioned advantages
that large firms can achieve are usually converted to barriers for entry of small firms
(Mazzucato, 2000: 33-34).
It is certain that Schumpeter's arguments are not entirely acceptable. On of the
reasons to be noted here is the diversity and specificity of certain industries. Of
course, there are industries in which large firms are the leading innovators
(aluminum, computer equipment - software), and on the other hand, there are
industries in which the size of the company means greater investment in research and
development (steel).
It should be noted, that the well-known experts in this field such as Mason,
Galbraith, even Schumpeter, did not provide an empirical study with which they
could provide answer to the aforementioned dilemma. Yet we can conclude that
large firms can be considered as engines of economic growth and development of a
country, although they are not exclusively and only the greatest innovators.
In the end, it is necessary to mention the term "creative destruction", originating
from Schumpeter, where he tried to describe the economic impact of technological
77

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

change. The term creative meant the introduction of new technologies in
manufacturing processes that would lead to the reduction of production costs, as
well as provide new services and products. However, on the other hand, there is the
destructive aspect of technological change. The introduction of new technologies
inevitably leads to the question of domicile market power of firms that remained
faithful to the old, less efficient, technologies. Creative destruction, therefore,
rewards successful innovators and at the same time punishes those firms whose
technology is obsolete (Lipczynski, 2005: 496).
Firm size and innovation
Readiness for the implementation of the research project, the timing of innovation
and the nature of patent competition are determined by the market structure in
manufacturing and research industries. There are two links between market structure
(firm size) and innovation. First, the patent allows the innovator to exercise some
market power on the basis of innovation - competitive (small) firms. Second, firms
with some market power can prevent the entry of new firms into the market and
potential mimicking by defensive patents, or retain their power through the
introduction of new products - monopoly (Carlton, Perloff, 2005: 560).
When it concerns the size of the company, there are usually two extreme cases
meant: small firms (competitive market) and large companies (monopolies). The
largest number of executed analyzes take the competitive and monopoly market
structure as a base for establishing the importance of the interaction between firm
size and innovation. However, this mater should seriously include oligopolistic
market structures. Why? It is due to the irrefutable arguments that oligopolies are
the very market structure - the size of the company which is facing the most
innovation. The oligopolies have adequate market power, and thus can have
abnormal, i.e. extra profit. Given the market structure to which they belong, they are
very prone to innovation, because it is one of the fundamental aspects of their fight
against close competitors, and so on. No one can deny these arguments! But in order
to better "understand" the very core of the problem, we will start from the
beginning.
Monopolies have the best position for innovative activities. The key question that
arises here is: Do monopolists need and want to invest in research and development?
The answer to this question would be: It depends on the possible competition!
Monopolies have a great market power, abnormal profits, low investment risk, low
78

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

degree of diffusion v, the lack of competitive pressure, etc. In other words,
monopolies have the money, time and space, which may enable certain technological
progress. However, in most cases, monopolies’ decision is not to invest in new
technologies, except when faced with potential competitive pressure.
Monopolies are usually, due to absence of competition, "put to sleep" - safe market,
profit - simply they have no desire to change anything. One of the problems that
monopolists often face is a growing bureaucracy, which usually leads to their
technical inefficiency. In addition, if the monopolist achieved its current market
position based on an earlier successful innovation usually there appears the so-called
attachment to existing technology and the shift to another - a new technology is
usually considered by the monopoly as a too expensive move. In accordance with the
foregoing, it can be concluded that monopolies are not a market structure that most
invests in research and development (Lipczynski, 2005: 498).
On the contrary, monopolies are often prone to quite opposite strategy. Monopolies
decide not to engage in innovative race with the other participants, waiting for the
competitors to carry a serious and compelling innovation. After confirmation of
innovation as very successful and profitable, monopolies step into action. Thanks to
their market and financial power, and already established “brand” - consumer
confidence - monopolies easily copy given innovation and take most (almost all) of
the profits from the initial innovators.
Companies in competitive markets (small companies) have a strong desire to invest
in new technologies, because the provision of a new product or production process
with lower costs is one of the most effective ways to cope with the extremely tough
competition in the market. However, unfortunately, firms in competitive markets
are faced with the fact that they can earn only normal profits, leaving them little
room to invest in high risk investments. Small firms are also faced with a large degree
of diffusion, which further negatively affects their willingness to invest in new
technologies.
Monopolist usually has only a few research teams, while in a competitive market
there exist a lot more of research teams, which compete with each other – who will
first succeed to get innovation. Consequently, the conclusion can be drawn that
successful innovation could be provided by a competitive market structure rather
than by monopolies. Therefore, between monopolies and competitive market, we
prefer a competitive market (small businesses).
79

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

Regardless of the strong desire for innovation, competitive market structure is not an
ideal solution for innovative activities. Why? It is due to the fact that a large number
of competitors operate within a given market structure and they are ready to quickly
copy the successful innovation, and therefore, for a short period of time substantially
reduce the profit of the company which had originally introduced innovation to the
market.
After consideration of two basic market structures, attention is going to be paid to
the third oligopolistic market structure. Of course, the inclusion of an oligopoly into
the consideration further complicates the situation, because oligopolies are just
somewhere between the monopoly and competitive market. Two things are
important in terms of investing in research and development: the ability of
investment (financial, infrastructure) and willingness - mood to invest. So far, it can
be concluded that:
• monopolies have great opportunities (capital) for investment, but weak –
moderate willingness to invest;
• perfectly competitive firms have great desire and willingness to invest, but they
have little opportunity for it (low - normal profits);
• oligopolies possess moderate vi - large investment opportunities, as well as the
greatest desire and willingness to invest in new technologies.
Based on the above arguments, it can be concluded that oligopolies have the
advantage over the monopoly and perfectly competitive firms. The proofs of the
previous claim are the industries in which the biggest global oligopolies rule:
computer equipment, cars, tires, electronics, cigarettes, beer, power turbines, aircraft,
etc. We can claim with high confidence that the large profits achieved in this
industry can be used to invest in new technologies. It is known that oligopolies are
constantly faced with competitive pressure, and that is why they see investment in
new technology as the only successful solution of this competitive struggle. It should
be noted that the oligopolies face less degree of diffusion than it is the case with
competing firms. Thus, oligopolies have market power, high profits, and great
willingness to invest in new technologies because of the constant competitive
pressure, the strong interdependence between competitors and the moderate degree
of diffusion - as opposed to a competitive market, and so on. The conclusion simply
suggests itself: oligopolies are the size of the firm that has the best conditions and the
reasons for investing in new technologies. It should also be noted that companies
80

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

that have a market share between 20 – 30% achieve the best results in the field of
innovation and patent record, and they are oligopolistic firms.
The following table shows the top ten firms in the United States, which achieved the
highest number of patents in 2006 along with their ranking in 2005 and 2004. It is
important for this study that all ten companies are big companies, of whom the vast
majority operate in an oligopolistic market with only a few large firms. Looking at
this table, we can draw the conclusion that large firms (oligopoly) in concentrated
markets are more innovative (Pepall, Richards and Norman, 2008: 573-574).

Table 1. Top ten companies in the largest number of U.S. patents in 2006, and their
ranking in 2005 and 2004
Firm
International Business
Machines
Samsung Electronics
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
Matsushita Electric Industrial
Hewlett – Packard
Intel Corporation
Sony Corporation
Hitachi
Toshiba Corporation
Micron Technology

Number of patents in
2006
3,621

Rang in
2005
1

Rang in
2004
1

2,451
2,366
2,229
2,099
1,959
1,771
1,732
1,672
1,610

5
2
4
3
7
12
8
9
6

3
4
2
6
5
7
8
9
11

Source: Lynne Pepall, Dan Richards and George Norman, 2008.
The link between market structure, time and innovation
Finally, in addition to the possibility and willingness to invest, it is necessary to take
into consideration another important factor - the time of implementation of research
programs. When it concerns oligopoly, where there exists a strong interdependence
between competitors, the speed has a big impact on the possible success or failure of
a particular research project. If the research process is going too slowly, competitors
can implement a similar idea before, and take over the patent. However, if the
research process is carried out too quickly, it usually leads to some errors, higher
costs, but also to less worry about protecting the very idea of imitation - all of these
events will inevitably lead to failure in achieving the benefits of their own
81

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

investments (Lipczynski, 2005: 503). Given that consideration includes the cost and
time, the time - costs analysis represents ideal solution for eliminating concerns when
making investment decisions. This analysis usually takes into consideration the
present value of the costs and the present value of benefits. Therefore, it is necessary
to find the optimal time for technological development and market structure that is
closest to meeting given optimum time for the successful realization of the research
project, based on the time - costs analysis.
Figure 1. The optimal time for technological development

Source: Waldman, Jensen, 2007: 477
The analysis of the previous graph shows that the present value of the costs of
developing an innovation is labeled as a curve Cpv (Cost Present Value), where costs
are reduced as the development time increases. The present value of benefits from
the development of the innovation is labeled as a curve Bpv (Benefit Present Value),
which is used to reduce the time required for development increases. Socially
optimal time is achieved when the value of the marginal benefits equals the value of
marginal costs, for the time To. On this point (To), vertical distance between the
two listed curves (profit) is maximized (Waldman, Jensen, 2007: 477).

82

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

After getting acquainted with the manner of determining the optimal time for the
development of an innovation, we will first conduct an analysis of a dominant firm
and a competitive small firm, and then include oligopoly in consideration as well.
Figure 2. Time, costs and benefits of innovators: Monopoly versus small firms

Source: Shepherd, 2004: 115
In the Graph 2, it is assumed that there is a base curve that will represent the ratio of
the time-cost (TCi) for a given innovation in a given industry. Let's say that this is a
radical innovation, new models of mobile phones. This innovation can be
implemented quickly with considerably higher research costs or slower and therefore
make less research costs.
Now, we are going to concentrate on our case, monopolies and small businesses.
Monopoly will expect the highest profits from innovation only at some future
period. This position is represented by the graph 2, the total revenue curve TRm,
83

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

which is the total revenue that a monopoly could exercise on the basis of a given
innovation. It can be noted that the curve is high, reflecting the size of the revenues.
It can also be noticed that the given curve is almost a horizontal line, due to the fact
that the monopoly has no fear of a possible takeover of innovation and the related
future profits from foreign competition. The advantage of monopoly actually lies in
the given fact, the dominant firm can realize innovation slowly, and again "grab" a
bigger share of profit. However, this is not the case with a small firm. At the start, a
small company can expect less revenue from the same innovation, simply because
they start as a firm with lower market share. Small firms are now faced with the fear
of the fact that other small firms can realize first a given innovation, or copy it very
quickly and so grab profits for themselves. For these reasons, the curve of the total
income of a small firm is designated as TRc, and it is much steeper and lower than
the monopoly one, barely above TCi in a short period of time. Each firm will
maximize its profit when the marginal costs are equal to the marginal revenue. When
MC = MR, the vertical distance between the curves is maximized.
As for the monopoly, it is time Tm, presented as 15 years. For a small business, time
is much shorter Tc, and it is represented as 5 years. Small company is also faced with
significantly higher costs in the amount of KM 100 million, as opposed to
monopoly in which the cost was KM 50 million. Consequently, and due to the fact
that it possesses more market power, monopoly has been able to appropriate much
more revenue than KM 200 million, and therefore much higher profit of KM 150
million. Small company generated revenue of KM 120 million, and a smaller profit
of KM 20 million (Shepherd 2004: 114).
If the consumer surplus is taken as a criterion, small innovator imposes as a faster
and better solution vii. In these circumstances, the innovation will be implemented by
small firms. However, monopolies usually prefer to deliberately "drag" the research
process, to make room for the small firms to face the investment risks and the risk of
implementation of new ideas. If monopoly notices that some of the ideas
implemented by small businesses are successful and profitable, it will react quickly copy a given innovation in order to catch up and to achieve complete ejection of
small innovators from the market. This move of monopolies is commonly called
"fast - the second" strategy viii (Shepherd 2004: 115).
In the former case, the study has analyzed the behavior of monopoly and small
competitive firms, assuming that the investment costs are eligible for both
participants. It has been found that the small company will carry a given innovation
84

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

for several reasons ix. However, the harsh reality says otherwise. Usually high costs of
investing in the development of new innovations represent a stumbling block for
small competitive firms. That is why they are out of the race compared to
oligopolies x. Thus, oligopolies emerge as a market structure, which is able to
implement research projects in the optimal time possible. Now let us attempt to
introduce next graphics.
Figure 3. The link between the market structure and the time required for
technological progress

Source: Waldman, Jensen, 2007: 479
This analysis needs the curve of the present value of costs (Cpv), development of
given innovation, as well as three curves of the present value of the benefits provided
by the development of innovation (Bm, Bc, Bol). The three curves for three different
market structures: monopoly (Bm), a small competitive firms (Bc), and oligopolies
(Bol). The assumption that the cost function is independent of changes in market
structure is understandable, because it is primarily a function of technological
85

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

knowledge and input. On the other hand, the curve varies with the change in market
structure.
As it can be seen in the graph number 3, the optimal time for the development of
innovations in the monopoly is (Tm), and it is higher than in the case of oligopoly
(Tol). For small competitive firms, total costs exceed total benefits of given
innovation, so there will be no investment (Waldman, 2007: 479).
The curve of the present value of the benefits of monopoly Bm is presented as the
tallest and straightest. As it has already been said, regardless of the timing of actual
innovation, monopolies achieve the greatest benefit because of their largest market
share and the minimum degree of diffusion xi. As for the competitive firm, its present
value curve is the lowest and steepest. The reason for this is a very small market share
of small firms, as well as the highest degree of diffusion. Small firms typically
generate smallest benefits of innovation, and the reason for that is the rapid
implementation of the innovation process (short time frame). Curve Bc is very
vertical, and the reason for this lies in the fact that any delay in presenting new
innovations in the market increases the likelihood that another company will imitate
a given innovation. Finally, let us analyze the participation of oligopoly. Its curve Bol
- present value of the benefits, lies between the previous two curves, because the
oligopoly has a larger market share than the competitive companies - but less than
monopoly, and because it confronts a moderate degree of diffusion (Waldman,
2007: 478).
So, after analyzing all of the above, it can be noticed that the oligopoly allows for the
fastest level of technological progress in most cases. Of course, it is possible that the
oligopoly gives up the race if the investment costs are much higher. Then only a
monopoly can be the bearer of innovation. The fact is that some innovations do not
require large investment, so in that case the small competitive firms emerge as
carriers of innovation. However, it is the fact that investment costs are usually higher
(in many cases) than small firms can bear, and yet they are not abnormally large that
only monopolies can bear it.
So, an oligopolistic firm represents market structure that usually provides the fastest
level of technological progress. What does it mean to Bosnia and Herzegovina?
Given the very difficult situation in the country in terms of investment in research
and development, and innovation, it is logical that B&amp;H needs a quick solution to
this important problem. Companies that can provide the fastest progress in the field
86

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

of technological progress are oligopolistic firms. Thus, in addition to small and
medium-sized enterprises that have been already in the focus of the state, any
oligopolistic firm in B&amp;H, which is ready to seriously invest in research and
development, should be supported and assisted by the government. However, the
fact is that in B&amp;H operates a small number of oligopolistic firms, which in turn
shifts the focus of the development of technological competitiveness to small and
medium-sized enterprises.
Technological Progress and Innovation in Bosnia and Herzegovina
Bosnia and Herzegovina has made some progress in the field of research and
innovation policies. The participation in the Seventh Framework Program for
Research (FP7) increased, and teamed with COST and EUREKA. The government
has provided funding for entities that prepare projects for FP7, COST and
EUREKA. However, administrative and research capacity for taking full advantage
of the opportunities offered by European programs and resources to actively
stimulate the scientific community is still weak.
Efforts have been made to integrate into the European Research Area and the EU
contribution to innovation. Bosnia and Herzegovina joined the EURAXESS
network aimed at ensuring the mobility of researchers, and the umbrella
organization that coordinates the domestic network EURAXESS was established at
the Banja Luka University. There is a slightly increased allocation of funding for
research, modernization of infrastructure, equipment and publishing, particularly
accessing COBISS library information system. The Republic of Srpska and other
entities have increased investment in research and development. However, the level
of investment in research remains low in general, particularly in private sector
investment. As the entities and cantonal policies are financed from their budgets, it is
difficult to direct research policy and avoid fragmentation, which is one of the key
objectives of the ERA. There are no reliable statistics of scientific and technological
progress.
The economic recovery of Bosnia and Herzegovina is slow and under the influence
of long years of continuous unfavorable economic and political conditions and
unstable economic environment, problems and difficulties caused by the global
economic crisis, with the decline in industrial production, high unemployment and
the trade deficit being some of the main difficulties in faster recovery and
development. Technological readiness and innovation of B&amp;H in comparison with
87

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

other countries in the world can be indirectly drawn from data from the World
Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report for 2013. According to the
"GCI 2012-2013" B&amp;H occupies 88th place out of 144 countries (Sierra Leone and
Burundi were the last ones), which is an improvement compared to 2012 when
B&amp;H was at the 100th place out of 142 countries. It should be noted that the
progress of the 12 places is equivalent to an increase of 0.1 rating points, which in
any case would not be considered as a success. Progress on this year's list has not
been achieved through implemented reforms and qualitative improvements, but it is
largely determined by the lower results of other countries. B&amp;H ranking viewed by
items of interest for technological development is shown in Table 1.

Table 2. Position of B&amp;H in the field of technological readiness and innovation
according to the Global Competitiveness Report for the period 2009-2012
GCI Indicator for Bosnia and Hertzegovinia
Technological readiness
Availability of latest technologies
Firm-level technology absorption
FDI and technology transfer
Internet users
Broadband Internet subscriptions
Internet bandwidth
Mobile broadband
Innovation
Capacity for innovation
Quality of scientific research institutions
Company spending on R&amp;D
University-industry collaboration in R&amp;D
Gov’t procurement of advanced tech products
Availability of scientists and engineers
Utility patents per million population

GCI
2010
(of 134)

GCI
2011
(of 139)

GCI
2012
(of 142)

GCI
2013
(of 142)

95
122
131
115
50
56
131
121
126
122
130
129
122
71

85
116
119
102
59
56
71
120
116
104
104
117
116
115
69

73
105
107
117
44
51
56
104
124
98
96
84
109
68
90

68
89
105
98
42
51
66
70
99
101
72
90
48
94
48
50

Source: WEF. (2009,2010, 2011, 2012)
Indicators, primarily, indicate a weak association of scientific and economic sectors.
Positive developments have been observed over the past three years in technological
readiness and innovation. In general, the current situation in B&amp;H is not even close
to satisfactory, and in some ways it is the reflection of the overall socio-economic
88

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

status, and also a very low awareness of the importance of technological progress in
the development of the society.
Regarding The Networked Readiness Index - NRI that measures the propensity of
the country to seize the opportunities offered by information technology, Bosnia and
Herzegovina is at the 84th position. This position is not due to lack of development
of infrastructure and skills of their populations, but is a result of poor political and
business environment, the lack of adoption of new technologies (by the public and
private sector) and low socio-economic impact of ICT (Figure 4). In addition, there
is a serious weakness in its Innovation System, which needs to be restructured and
expanded, because it interferes with its ability to use ICT for deeper economic and
social changes.
Figure 4. Network readiness index of B&amp;H for 2012.

Source: WEF, (2012b.)
89

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

The Lisbon review rates Bosnia and Herzegovina as the lowest ranked country. Out
of the eight areas to be evaluated, B&amp;H has the worst rating in six. Only in the areas
of innovation and network industries, Albania occupies the lower position than
B&amp;H.
Application of ICT Development Index
Unique ICT development (ICT Development Index - IDI) compares developments
in the field of ICT in 155 countries. The index is produced in response to calls from
ITU Member States to consolidate previous ITU indices into one index, in order to
follow the development of the information society. The main index objectives are to
survey:

• Levels and the evolution of ICT development over time;
• Progress in ICT development in both developed and developing countries;
• Digital gap, i.e. the difference between countries with different levels of ICT
Development;
• Development potential of ICT and the extent to which the government can
use ICT to enhance growth and development, based on the available
capabilities and skills.
Development ICT Index consists of 11 indicators grouped into three subgroups:
ICT infrastructure and access, ICT efficiency (primarily by individuals and
households and businesses) and the intensity of use of ICT and education (human
capacity required for the use of ICT).
Table 3. Indicators Index ICT development
ICT access
1.
Fixed-telephone lines per 100 inhabitants
2.
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
3.
International Internet bandwidth (bit/s) per Internet user
4.
Percentage of households with a computer
5.
Percentage of households with Internet access
ICT use
6.
Percentage of individuals using the Internet
7.
Fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhab.
8.
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhab.
90

40%

40%

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development
ICT skills
9.
Adult literacy rate
10.
Secondary gross enrolment ratio
11.
Tertiary gross enrolment ratio

20%

Source: ITU, (2011.)
Globally speaking, most progress has been made in the area of ICT access, which
includes indicators relating to the fixed (wired) and mobile telephony, Internet
bandwidth and volume of households with computers and Internet. Slower progress
is achieved regarding the use of information and communication technology, which
includes a number of indicators of Internet users, the number of fixed and mobile
telephony, and so on. There is still very little progress in most countries in
broadband access as the latest technology.
The results show that the most developed countries in the top ten come from
Europe, except for the Republic of Korea and Japan. Differences between countries
are small, but it can be seen that Korea, Sweden and Denmark stand out from the
rest. Opportunities for the development of ICT in these countries are truly
remarkable. Looking at the first thirty countries, except the U.S. and Canada, all
countries come from Europe or East Asia. The index is linked to a high-income
countries and the strong correlation between the level of development of ICT and
the gross domestic product. Countries with the most dynamic development in ICT
Development Index, in the past period, include: Kazakhstan, Brazil, Rwanda (7
places), Bahrain (5 places or 0.66 points), Saudi Arabia (6 places or 0.62 points),
Ghana (4 places - with IDI change for 23%).
Table 4. ICT Development Index for 2008, 2010 and 2011
Country
Republic of Korea
Sweden
Denmark
Iceland
Finland
Netherland
Luxembourg
Japan
United Kingdom
Switzerland

Rank
1
2
3
7
12
5
4
11
10
9

IDI
2008
7.80
7.53
7.46
7.12
6.92
7.30
7.34
7.01
7.03
7.06

Rank
1
2
4
3
5
9
7
13
10
8

IDI
2010
8.40
8.23
7.97
8.06
7.87
7.61
7.78
7.42
7.60
7.67

Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

IDI
2011
8.56
8.34
8.29
8.17
8.04
7.82
7.76
7.76
7.75
7.68
91

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac
Hong Kong (China)
Singapore
Norway
United States
Germany
New Zealand
France
Austria
Ireland
Australia
Canada
Belgium
Estonia
Slovenia
Spain
Italy
Poland
Czech Republic
Greece
Lithuania
Latvia
Portugal
Russian Federation
Slovakia
Hungary
Croatia
Cyprus
Belarus
Serbia
Bulgaria
Romania
TFYR Macedonia
Bosna and Herzegovina
Ukraine
Turkey
Albania
Niger

6
15
8
17
13
16
18
21
19
14
20
22
28
24
25
26
38
37
30
35
39
29
49
40
34
36
43
58
47
45
46
52
63
59
60
81
152

7.14
6.71
7.12
6.55
6.87
6.65
6.48
6.41
6.43
6.78
6.42
6.31
5.81
6.19
6.18
6.10
5.95
5.97
5.70
5.44
5.31
5.70
4.42
5.30
5.47
5.43
5.02
3.93
4.51
4.75
4.67
4.20
3.58
3.83
3.81
2.99
0.79

6
19
11
17
15
12
18
16
23
14
26
22
33
24
25
28
41
37
30
35
40
28
47
39
34
31
36
52
50
49
48
53
63
62
59
78
151

7.79
7.08
7.60
7.09
7.27
7.43
7.09
7.17
6.78
7.36
6.69
6.83
6.16
6.75
6.73
6.57
5.29
5.42
6.28
6.04
5.90
6.57
5.38
5.94
6.04
6.21
5.98
5.01
5.11
5.19
5.20
4.98
4.31
4.31
4.42
3.61
0.92

11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
28
29
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
41
42
44
46
48
51
52
54
63
67
69
80
155

7.68
7.66
7.52
7.48
7.39
7.34
7.30
7.10
7.09
7.05
7.04
6.89
6.81
6.70
6.62
6.28
6.19
6.17
6.14
6.06
6.06
6.05
6.00
5.86
5.77
5.75
4.73
5.57
5.40
5.20
5.13
5.05
4.53
4.40
4.38
3.78
0.88

Source: ITU, (2012.) (Adapted)

92

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

Bosnia and Herzegovina is still at the bottom of all countries in the region, although
according to a new report B&amp;H has moved from middle group to a more advanced
group of IDI countries. Otherwise, in the report there are four groups: highly
advanced, advanced, intermediate and groups with lower levels of the index. Bosnia
and Herzegovina has successfully improved its level of ICT, more than countries
with similar previous values. It has achieved an improvement by 0.95 points in
2011, compared to 2008, but it stays at the same place (63rd position). B&amp;H has
achieved the greatest progress in the second sub-index use of ICT. ICT skills
remained at the same level, and access to ICT recorded the worst result. Out of the
neighboring countries, only Albania has worse result than Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Empirical Research
The prime objective of this paper is to determine what are the strategic guidelines,
according to the opinion of relevant experts, which represent the key to the
improvement of technological progress in B&amp;H. The main goal of this research is to
contribute to the development of knowledge about the importance of the set
guidelines, which can significantly improve the competitive position of B&amp;H in
relation to the region - in terms of technological progress.
The empirical research was conducted through a survey of a sample of relevant
specific experts in B&amp;H. Interviewed experts were asked to assess the extent to which
the following strategic guidelines are relevant to the improvement of technological
progress B&amp;H. There were 20 respondents (experts) to the given questionnaire xii, of
which 75% were employed in the public sector and 25% in private sector. The
following table shows the analysis of the importance of the proposed objectives.

93

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

Table 5. Analysis of the importance of the strategic guidelines for the improvement
of technological progress in B&amp;H
Questions
1.

2.

3.

4.

The
importance of
technological
progress and
adoption of
new
technologies
for economic
growth and
development
B&amp;H
The
importance of
active state
support to
education
system,
human capital
and research
The
importance of
oligopoly
firms in
research and
development
activity and
investment in
new
technologies
The
importance of
cooperation
between
Universities
and business
sector

Not at all
important

Not
important

No
opinion

Is
important

The most
important

l

0%

0%

10%

20%

70%

100%

0%

0%

0%

20%

80%

100%

0%

0%

25%

20%

55%

100%

0%

0%

20%

30%

50%

100%

Source: Research by author

94

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

Analyzing the table above, it can be concluded that none of the guidelines got a
response is not at all important and not important, and the small number of
respondents had no opinion. This fact shows the significance of the above mentioned
guidelines for the technological development of B&amp;H. When we look at answer very
important, it can be noticed that all guidelines were assessed at 50% or more, of
which the guideline the importance of active state support to education system, human
capital and research achieved the best result. When the final results of the survey on a
sample of relevant experts are analyzed, almost the same conclusions can be made as
the ones previously mentioned in this study.
Conclusion
Investment in research and development of new technologies by the state - firm,
provides them a technological advantage and superiority over those states - firms that
do not take action in that field. If looked at all of the most developed countries in
the world, it can be noticed that they are precisely characterized by heavy investment
in the development of new technologies and ideas in general. Any country that
provides decent and constant investing in research and development will provide
continuous annual technological progress, which implies further strengthening of the
standard of living of the population and the country's competitive position in the
world.
Which market structure efficiently implements innovative activities and adopts new
technologies? After considering all the facts, the conclusion is that it is oligopoly
market structure (oligopolistic firms). On the one hand, monopolies do not have
enough interest to include themselves into such a risky investment, but on the other
hand, firms in competitive markets (small and medium enterprises) have plenty of
interest, but they have little market power, they are moneyless, they have high risk,
high possibility of a quick imitation etc. For these reasons it is necessary to pay more
attention to oligopolies, because that market structure has sufficient market power, a
sufficient amount of money needed for investment, high willingness to innovate, and
eventually, a moderate risk of imitation.
It can be said that the situation is very bad for B&amp;H and its position in the field of
technological progress, investment in research and development. According to all the
relevant parameters, B&amp;H is at the very bottom of the rankings related to
innovation, technological progress, patents and so on. Of course, this result is not
95

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

surprising, because this country makes "miserable" investments in research and
development, and science in general.
To move forward, it is necessary to change the approach that B&amp;H has to science,
research and technological progress, but also awareness of companies in B&amp;H. The
largest number of firms in B&amp;H looks at investment in research and development as
one big expense and risk, rather than as an opportunity for future benefits and
increase of the competitive position in the European and world markets. It is noted
that B&amp;H companies will never be competitive on the world market if they allow
obsolescence of their production technology and if they continue to offer products
with poor quality on the European and world markets.
The results of the ICT Development Index for Bosnia and Herzegovina are not
satisfactory. B&amp;H is at the 63rd place, although it recorded a growth of ICT index.
Taking into consideration the neighboring countries, Bosnia and Herzegovina has
improved a result only in relation to Albania. Furthermore, the results show that out
of 155 observed countries, the Scandinavian countries achieved best results. The top
ten countries in 2011 come from Europe, with the exception of the Republic of
Korea and Japan.
The survey shows that most experts share the same opinion on the relevance of the
strategic guidelines for the improvement of technological progress in B&amp;H.
Interviewed experts awarded the top mark to the guideline which is entitled the
importance of active state support to education system, human capital, and research.
In order to remedy this bad situation, B&amp;H must take measures to improve
technological and business infrastructure. Modern scientific and technological
innovation and business improvement cannot be ensured without adequate human
resources, scientific research institutions, ICT equipment and systems, the relevant
databases, incubation centers and technology parks, networking of all stakeholders in
the country, and last but not least, all this cannot exist without adequate financial
investments. It is necessary to encourage the use of modern ICT and accelerate
development of information society in B&amp;H. In order to increase innovation and
competitiveness of its economy, B&amp;H needs to strengthen technological innovation
activities and link them with firms, and in that way speed up necessary changes. It
should also encourage the employment of highly educated people in the economy
and increased cooperation with research and educational institutions. Inclusion in
the world of scientific research trends, international cooperation, as well as better
96

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

integration into the European Research Area is a key aspect of further development.
To improve the design and monitoring of adopted policies to increase
competitiveness and innovation it is needed to build effective institutions, following
the European model, which monitor and direct the business sector. Managing of
these processes means planning, organizing and directing the human and capital
resources to new knowledge and ideas that create a successful production, new
products and services and therefore a more competitive position of B&amp;H in the
world.
Therefore, if it wants to move away from the bottom of the list and become
competitive with other countries in the region, it is necessary to: provide greater
investment in science and research in general by the state, provide constant
encouragement and stimulating of scientific research, increase investment in research
and training of companies’ personnel, promote extensively through seminars the
importance of investing in research and development, etc.
References
Pepall, Lynne; Richards,Dan and Norman, George. (2008) Industrial Organization:
Contemporary Theory and Empirical Applications. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
Shepherd, William G. and Shepherd, Joanna M.. (2004) The Economics of Industrial
Organization – Fifth Edition. Long Grove: Waveland Press, Inc.
Waldman, Don E. and Jensen, Elizabeth J. (2007) Industrial Organization: theory
and practice – 3rd ed. Boston: Addison Wesley.
Davies, Stephen and Lyons, Bruce. (1996) Industrial Organization in the European
Union: Structure, Strategy, and the Competitive Mechanism. New York: Oxford
University Prec Inc.
Casson, Mark and Creedy, John. (1993) Industrial Concentration and Economic
Inequality. Hants: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited.
Mansfield, Edwin. (1964) Monopoly Power and Economic Performance: An
Introduction to a Current Issue of Public Policy. New York: Norton and Company.
Reinganum, Jennifer F. (2000) Uncertain Innovation and the Persistence of Monopoly.
Readings in Industrial Organization. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers Ltd.
97

�Mladen Rebić, Nemanja Šarenac

Rebic, Mladen. (2010) The Importance and Speed of Technological Changes and
Investment in Research and Development. Tehnološke inovacije generator privrednog
razvoja - Zbornik radova Međunarodnog naučno-stručnog skupa. Banja Luka:
Privredna komora RS.
Hutschenreiter, Gernot and Hannes, Leo. (1994) Empirical Evidence on
Schumpeterian Hypothesis in Austria. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Mazzucato, Mariana. (2000) Firm Size, Innovation and Market Structure: The
Evolution of Industry Concentration and Instability. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.
Carlton, Dennis W. &amp; Perloff, Jeffrey M. (2005) Modern Industrial Organization Fourth Edition. Boston: Addison Wesley.
Lipczynski, John; Wilson, John and Goddard, John. (2005) Industrial Organization:
Competition, Strategy, Policy – 2nd Edition. Harlow: Prentice Hall.
Utton, M. A. (2003) Market Dominance and Antitrust Policy – Second Edition.
Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.
European Commission. (2011) Bosnia and Herzegovina 2011 progress Report. Brussels
ITU. (2012) Measuring the Information Society. Geneva
WEF. (2009) The Global Competitiveness Report 2009–2010. Geneva
WEF. (2010) The Global Competitiveness Report 2010–2011. Geneva
WEF. (2011) The Global Competitiveness Report 2011–2012. Geneva
WEF. (2012a) The Global Competitiveness Report 2012–2013. Geneva
WEF. (2012b) The Global Information Technology Report 2012. Geneva
Vijeće ministara, DEI. (2010) Strategija razvoja Bosne i Hercegovine. Sarajevo.
In 1991, Finland’s GDP has declined by as much as 13%, unemployment rate was 17%,
which is a clear signal that the country was faced with difficult problems.

i

98

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development

Not about heavy industry.
Japan, Korea, and more recently China are seriously involved in this race, with the goal of
becoming the market leaders in technological progress in Asia and the world.
iv
Innovations that are based on the reduction of production costs through the introduction
of newer and more sophisticated technologies in the production process, which will
ultimately lead to lower costs.
v
Weak ability to copy, as opposed to a competitive market.
vi
Possibilities of oligopoly to invest in research and development are influenced by the size of
the profit and the size of profits depends on the intensity of competition it faces within its
market.
vii
Faced with the fact that the monopoly in relation to small business, will launch the same
product in another ten years, and when we add twice the price that monopoly will determine
for the same product, then it is quite logical why the offer from small firms looks more
acceptable to the customer.
viii
We will quote the example of "fast-second" strategy: Wilkinson was first to introduce the
famous razor blades with steel (1960), but the Gillette responded quickly and by using this
strategy easily caught up with Wilkinson, Apple was the first innovator in the field of
personal computers until the end of the seventies, but the IBM soon took the lead in the
eighties of the last century, however, it did not last long.
ix
It concerns the following reasons: the criterion of consumer excess, fast-second strategy of
monopoly and so on.
x
And the position of monopoly is already known in terms of the race to innovate.
xi
Diffusion is the time - speed for imitating new ideas - innovation.
xii
The questionnaire was sent to over 30 experts selected at random. Only 20 of them
responded to this questionnaire.
ii

iii

99

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3923">
                <text>2407</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3924">
                <text>Technological Progress as a Generator of Economic Growth and Development</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3925">
                <text>Rebic, Mladen
Sarenac, Nemanja</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3926">
                <text>Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&amp;H), as well as many other countries in transition, was faced with inadequate and insufficient technological progress, which is the result of years of neglect of investment in science, research, and new technology. This paper attempts to present the actual situation in B&amp;H in terms of technological progress, innovation and investment in scientific research, as well as to offer basic guidelines for getting out of this difficult situation. B&amp;H is located at the bottom of the all European countries when it comes to innovation, research and new technologies, and consequently it is not surprising that the B&amp;H economy consistently recorded poor results. Investment in research and development and employee education is the primary goal of any successful company, whether it is a small, medium-sized enterprise or oligopoly. Therefore, the aim of this paper is to determine the guidelines i.e. strategic objectives, which will constitute the basis for future progress of B&amp;H in the field of technological progress. Empirical research, which was conducted in order to determine the strategic objectives, has been carried out by using a questionnaire built on a sample of the leading experts in this field in B&amp;H.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3927">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3928">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3929">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="7">
        <name>HB Economic Theory</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="512" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="536">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/2a722cb0edfe9b24776a07238a75dbfd.pdf</src>
        <authentication>9280025f2e2dca001159bc3954ebf479</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3938">
                    <text>Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone
Agriculture Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan
Muhammad Rehan Shaukat
College of Applied Sciences, Rustaq
Ministry of Higher Education
Sultanate of Oman
mohammedrehan.rus@cas.edu.om
Iqtidar Ali Shah
College of Applied Sciences, Salalah
Ministry of Higher Education
Sultanate of Oman
iqtidar.sal@cas.edu.om
Abstract: This research studies three aspects relating to farmers Keywords: Agriculture,
readiness for the proposed mobile phone information and trade Information System, Mobile,
system (MAITS) namely (a) farmer readiness to adopt newly Pakistan, Readiness, Technology

proposed mobile information and trade system (b) key factors that
affect farmers mobile decision support systems (c) farmers readiness
to connect with mobile enterprise networks. These were
investigated using a qualitative research method. After a careful
selection of a set of questions, interviews were conducted with
selected farmers from four cities of Pakistan including Lahore,
Faisalabad, Vehari and Khanewal. The analysis revealed that
farmers readiness to embrace new mobile phone information
systems requires maximum level of optimism and innovativeness
along with deal of the inhibiting factors which affect the readiness
state; inhibiting factors in MAITS adoption comprised of
uncertainty factors and current faulty existing system services; and
there has been a complete consensus among the farmers to practice
MAITS along with mobile decision support system because it can
help them in crop planning, farm inputs (seeds, fertilizer, sprays
etc), harvesting, transporting and trading. The findings of this
study will provide guidance to the relevant organizations when
considering readiness and barriers towards implementing of
MAITS. The results of the study will give insight to many
extension service and policy makers to understand what farmers
actually need.

JEL Classification: A1, Q00
Article History:

Submitted: 6 August 2013
Resubmitted: 16 November 2013
Resubmitted: 10 December 2013
Accepted: 13 December 2013

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JECO
SS11428
191

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Introduction
Pakistan is an agriculture country with seventy percent of its population living in
rural areas. The agriculture sector is an important sector contributing 50 to 60%
revenue to the national economy of the country and provides 50% of the jobs
(Khan, 2011). Almost half of labor earnings come from this sector and it is one of
the biggest sources of foreign exchange (Akhtar, 2007). The significance of
agriculture, despite the fact that country has faced adverse climate change, drought
and flash flood, has witnessed remarkable growth in the past (Thomas, 2011). A
tremendous increase in out-put of crops (per acre) was registered in 2009 till 2013
(Pakistan Today, 2013). Despite of good contribution of agriculture sector in the
economic development of Pakistan, the farmers are facing various challenges. There
are farmers who work hard throughout the year to get their crops ready, but when
the crops ready for selling, they face the problem of access to the retail markets and
buyers to get competitive market rates. Thus, the quality of goods and commodities
are affected and farmers are often paid lower market rates for their commodities.
This process puts farmers into a situation where they barely mange to pay off loans
which may have been taken for crop cultivation, and they end up with making little
or no profit.
Another key challenge is the location of the agricultural trade markets, which are
often located far away from the villages. Due to lack of availability of transportation,
it is very hard for farmers to take their goods to the market. When farmers are
offered a lower rate, they have no other choice but to sell their goods sometimes
without making any profit. Moreover, complicated procedures affecting agriculture
farming comprise, crop planning and selling in the market which requires greater
attention for farmers to choose the best route for them (Amjad, 2010). Similarly,
scarcity of funds for rural infrastructure which affects farm productivity and growth
is also one of the challenges. Moreover, the low literacy rate in the villages where
most of the farmers cannot read and write is itself a big challenge. The farmers do
not know how to access information using latest technology that could improve
yields to get better market rates for their harvested crops. The farmers mainly rely on
conventional information systems and are not familiar with the new technologies
such as use of IT, whereas farmers in developed countries have realized the
importance of information driven economies.
To address various challenges, the government of Pakistan has focused more on
research and development network which comprises of institutions such as the
192

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

Agriculture Research Institutes (ARI), Agricultural Universities (AUs) and
Agriculture Development Banks (ADB). The function of these set-ups in research
and extension services support activities is of immense importance. However, there
has been no major technological innovation which could give fresh momentum to
agricultural productivity levels. Inadequate extension services for trading, and limited
access to information further broaden the gap in the adoption of specific agricultural
technology which results in the poor yields of agriculture products or crops. In order
to achieve the higher levels of agricultural productivity, farmers must be equipped
with up-to-date information and decision support in the agricultural systems. This
has often been considered as the next step in modernizing agricultural setups. The
current levels of mobile phones and mobile-enabled information services in rural
areas could reduce information asymmetry and allow further awareness of the core
expertise within the extension services. In the Pakistani context, the impact of
mobiles as a mode of providing information for farming purposes would depend on
how effectively the proposed mobile phone information and trading system network
is embraced by the farmers in order to attain the market information. The impact of
technology can generate significant results on productivity of crops in terms of
increased returns by adapting changes in best practice for cropping patterns that
could improve yields and the better price information for agriculture inputs and
outputs which will make the farmer’s position better. Other non-price factors such as
information regarding farming inputs, seed quality, and adoption of modern
techniques are also crucial to enhance productivity.
In order to maintain the enhanced productivity levels and to resolve crop selling
hurdles like infrastructure limitations, distribution inefficiencies and the key factors
resisting the spread / gain, and considering the high usage of mobile phones in
Pakistan, the Government of Pakistan has shown immense interest by applying
telecom industry exemplary model of growth with agriculture sector. The
agricultural model can be more modified in a way that it can use
telecommunications and access its benefits. Today in Pakistan 72% out of total
telephone penetration rate is 119.9 million mobile users and Pakistan
Telecommunication Authorities (PTA) has begun encouraging the development of
indigenous based content on mobile/information and communication technology
provisions and set to offer any kind of support to benefit farmers by offering the
reliable and timely information (Saadia, 2012; Aziz 2012).
The objective of this study is to explore and evaluate farmer’s readiness and barriers
towards implementation of newly proposed mobile information and trade system
193

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

(MAITS) in Pakistan. More specific objectives are to investigate a) farmer readiness
to adopt newly proposed mobile information and trade system (MAITS) b) key
factors that affect farmers' mobile decision support systems and c) farmers readiness
to connect with mobile enterprise networks.
The rest of the paper is organized as: after introduction, literature review has been
carried out followed by methodology. In next section, analysis and discussion has
been presented followed by findings. The conclusion of the study is given at the end
of the paper.
Literature Review
Despite a huge organizational setup by the government of Pakistan, the extension
services do not reach to the most of farmers because of the geographical scatter and
low motivation of the extension staff serving them (Siraj, 2011). Resultantly, this
affects the growth of agriculture sector. There are various government, private and
multinational organizations, as well as Non Government Organizations (NGOs)
working to empower the farmers by providing the necessary agricultural information
tools and inputs. However, the most striking cause which the farmer experiences is
the shortage of relevant information needed for taking befitting timely action.
Farmers are therefore disadvantaged and are unable to benefit with the existing
agricultural knowledge. To provide timely and relevant information to the farmers,
the government and some ICT organizations are planning to develop mobile phone
information and trading system (MAITS). The purpose of mobile information and
trading system is to create an information pool allowing access to farmers and to
provide them appropriate training, support and motivation, and also rewards to serve
the whole community in a productive way. The use of ICT in agriculture is not a
new attempt in Pakistan as almost every mobile operator has launched agriculture
associated services on partial basis (Siraj, 2011). For example, Telenor mobile
operator has provided “e-Mandi” (Urdu name for e-market) information which
consist only the rates of each agriculture commodity (Telenor, 2009).
The ICT technology still has not been diffused in agriculture in Pakistan. There is a
need to evaluate the readiness of farmers towards implementation of MAITS in
Pakistan. The term technology-readiness refers to people’s inclination to embrace
and apply novel technologies for accomplishing goals and objectives. It can be
viewed as an evaluation process of overall state of mind that determines a person’s
predisposition to make use of novel ideas by using those technologies
194

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

(Parasuraman, 2000). Although new technologies are diffusing through different
segments of daily life at a much faster pace than ever before but on the other hand
other survey-based evidence have shown signs of growing technology adopter’s
frustration and disillusionment (Alsop, 1999). Though overall benefits of technology
is seen as prolonging the adoptive process - for instance, the automobile took 55
years to attain 25% share of the market, compare to the cellular telephones which
took only 13 years to reach the same level of market share (Berry, 1999).
The concept of ICT readiness has received very infrequent attention in the
literatures. Some studies have shown the evidence of higher level of technology
readiness generally leads to lower level of innovation risk with a greater successful
implementation outcome (Basole and Chao, 2004). A similar argument can be use
in the context of mobile ICT: higher levels of mobile ICT readiness leads to lower
technology risks and implementations that could also be successful. Individual
readiness is important in explaining and predicting about the inclination to adopt
new technology (Lin et al., 2007). Most of the models such as Technology
Acceptance Model (Davis, 1989) and Technology Readiness Model (Parasuraman,
2000) were originally established for evaluating people’s technology readiness or
technology adoption behavior in particular organizational environments (Lin et al.,
2007). People in work settings may unwillingly or reluctantly to adopt new
technology due to management influence. However, individuals or consumers in free
market settings are free to choose among conventional and mobile phones
information and trading systems. When people make their minds to use new mobile
information and trade system, they mutually create an e-service with the system but
do not hold ownership of the system (Siraj, 2011). According to Lovelock et al.
(2004), in e-service perspective, service provisions cannot be created separately from
the customers’ full contribution and participation explaining what they would like.
Likewise a similar input is required from Pakistani farmers. Farmer readiness
conceptualizes their general beliefs about technology, decision support factors and
enterprise readiness linked with their engagement in technology-based products and
services (Parasuraman, 2000; Basole and Chao, 2004; Basole, 2007). Indication of
evidence from the work done in the field confirm that all the readiness and decision
making factors are not enough to explain why farmers do not adopt new
technologies, such as mobile phones with agriculture information systems or trade
tracking systems.
Earlier research studies have developed different models/constructs/frameworks that
had critically focused on several success factors related to technology adoption
195

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

decisions (Agarwal et al., 1997; Damanpour, 1991). Some focused on individual
technology adoption of technologies which combined theories of consumer behavior
and psychology. A variety of models have emphasized technology acceptance and use
by individuals and these investigations have provided key indicators to technology
adoption decisions. However, they do not describe organizational technology
adoption decisions essential for integration process (Legris et al., 2003). Other
researchers developed key dimensions of technology readiness (Basole, 2005) from
the domain of engineering management, information systems, organization behavior
and strategy, which has shown the different avenues of organizational adoption
decision making criterion very well in adopting those technologies. (Lai and Guynes,
1997; Tornatzky and Klein, 1982).
In the literature, the recent and the most suitable and popular methodologies
developed and adopted to evaluate the readiness of users for technology adoption
are: Technology Adoption Model (TAM) (Parasuraman, 2000) which include
optimism, innovativeness, discomfort and insecurity, Technology Readiness Index
(TRI) (Basole and Chao, 2004) which include timeliness, trust, information
richness, ease of use and Decisions Support Systems (DSS) (Basole, 2007) which
include technology readiness, further including data and information readiness,
process readiness, resource readiness, knowledge readiness, leadership readiness,
employee readiness values and goals readiness…
According to Basole (2007) any business entity itself passes through three phases
which evaluate the readiness which include; preparedness, potential and willingness
to adopt the mobile technology. A complete readiness assessment involves an
evaluation process across the three layers along eight readiness dimensions. The first
layer preparedness is assessed for all eight dimensions and refers to an organization’s
ability to adopt, distribute, and assimilate mobile information system. The second
layer potential is evaluated along the process, employee, and value and goals
dimensions which are aligned with organization’s processes, employee, and strategy
that could benefit from mobile information system. Third, willingness is assessed
along the employee and leadership dimensions that reflect the leadership and
employee attitudinal orientation towards adopting the mobile phone as a tool.
Basole (2007) further find out the eight modes of readiness (key parameters) in
evaluating specific aspects of readiness with actual information so that any company
or entity can test these dimensions to check the readiness level before introducing the
technology in their setup. These models include technology readiness, data and
196

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

information readiness, process readiness, resource readiness, knowledge readiness,
leadership readiness, employee readiness and, value and goals readiness.
Methodology
In the literature, various methods have been adopted to evaluate the stakeholders'
readiness for technology adoption. To evaluate the farmers' readiness to adopt
mobile technology for agriculture development purpose, the following conceptual
framework has been developed from Parasuraman (2000), Basole and Chao (2004)
and Basole (2007) and adopted in this study.
Figure 1. Conceptual Framework for Evaluating Farmers Readiness for Technology
Adoption

197

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

The following basic questions were designed on the basis of above framework.
• How ready are farmers to embrace the new mobile phone agriculture services
in Pakistan?
• What are the key factors in mobile decision support systems which affect
farmer readiness to adopt new mobile phone agriculture information and
trade systems?
• How ready are farmers to work with mobile enterprise networks after getting
agriculture services on their mobile phones?
The new proposed Mobile Phone Agriculture Information and Trade System
(MAITS) is a mobile phone information system which will provide important
market information to the farmers and traders about agriculture. The basic objective
of MAITS is to increase farmers' returns by providing various information about
agriculture activities including better price, better quality of seed, weather
conditions, better time for cultivation, better pesticides and fertilizers etc for
agriculture inputs and outputs which will make the farmer’s position better.
Data was collected from four important city of Pakistan including Lahore,
Faisalabad, Vehari and Khanewal using interview methods. The interview guide has
been developed (see Appendix). In order to get valid and reliable data, interview was
recorded from only those farmers who were listed by agriculture development banks
and agriculture research institutes. Twenty people including farmers (Progressive
Farmers, Economical Farmers and Small Farmers i) and agricultural experts were
interviewed. Interviews were conducted in local language Urdu and then translated
into English because English was not the first language of informants. The research
theme and the interview guide were sent to the informant a day prior of interview, so
interviewees have clear perception about the research and be able respond correctly.
A credit officer better known as a mobile credit officer from the Agriculture
Development Bank and a second officer from the Agriculture Research Institute
cooperated in conducting interview. A digital recorder was used to record all the
interviews in order to increase the accuracy of the data collected and to remain more
attentive to the informant.

198

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

Analysis and Discussion
Technology Adoption Model (TAM)
In Pakistan farmers are aware of the new technology uses in their personal life.
Information is needed to cut down their problems related to agriculture. Different
interactions with the people give them an ability to appraise and appreciate use of
new technology whilst working in their fields. They use technology to produce more
crops and to get good offers from customers or market dealers.
According to the Expert of Horticulture and Parks Authority Development, “The
customers and market dealers are well informed about the results of promising
technologies and usually collaborate with those farmers who have adopted or a
considering adopting the new technology.”
The technologies effects are perceived to be promising – with greater understanding
of the use of these technologies it provides the users a greater insight into new modes
of thinking and processes in agricultural reform. In Pakistan, the farmers who use
technology perceived it to be more valuable than the other farmers who lack in it,
but were vaguely aware of it, According to the farmers, “latest technologies make the
life easier, save time and make easy and quick approach to other person /
organization &amp; departments.”
The accurate information, at precise times, at the exact place is important for the
farmers. However in Pakistan mostly there exists no complete set of mobility
information sources that travel with farmers. While they are in a field visit or in
markets for agriculture buying and selling, they use mobile phone for
communications. According to the Expert of Agriculture Research Institute “Phone
calls are not made for agriculture purposes. They are just made for normal gossips.”
Majority of farmers informed that farmers “use information from TV, radio and
newspapers.” One of the farmers who was using internet in field responded as
“internet made us aware of what is going around the world.” However, Agriculture
Research Officer (Expert) pointed out that farmers who are using this facility are
very small in number. According to a farmer, well-informed farmers consider them
more confident in discussing those issues which they learnt from media.
The media has created positive and negative impacts on farmers. The negative
impact is, the farmers are most of the time unknowingly mislead about the
199

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

information and most of time they use partial information which put adverse effects
on their productivity. The information is needed for agriculture - physical
infrastructure, agriculture inputs and market information which make the farmer
rethink to look for sources of information rather than personal use. Their ambition
shows their future is connected through mobile phones that will provide them in
hand information to proactively manage their crops and trading. According to a
farmer “we can harvest our crops before the weather changes… rain or heavy
storms.” Some farmer doubt that this system may not be successful in Pakistan,
because of farmer illiteracy and middlemen influences. Farmers were found not
happy with existing extension services offered by government and private
organizations. Farmer concerns about extension services that “these services are very
limited and old fashioned and they are ready to adopt new technology which reduces
their time of information searching.” Most farmers are looking for more choices if
available so they are interested to know about mobile phone affects and its
progression in most of the fields of other sectors.
According to a farmer: “Simple! This is very helpful for us. From weather update
(information) we can plan our sowing, irrigation, spray of pesticides and use of
fertilizers… "We can compare our old varieties of crops with new one if mobile
company provide authentic yield of new variety… From market updates I can
manage the selling of my agriculture commodities.”
It is common behavior to know about people more familiar with new technologies
who have more information. They are the ones who are interested in latest
technology information and can especially handle high-tech products and services
without any further help. As they know a lot about working of technology and face
fewer problems as compared to those people who are not innovators. For evaluation
of farmer readiness it is necessary for farmers to have an innovative mind. The
farmer who intends to take risks is the only one able to use new proposed mobile
information systems. In Pakistan, Innovator type farmers prepare other fellow
farmers for new technologies. The prior type of farmers observes their surroundings
carefully in expectation to get latest ideas. They discover new ways of approaching
the technology and try them fitting to their exact situation or to see if that is relevant
to solve their specific problems - readiness state. All the way through this procedure,
many farmers during the interviews for the technology benefits made up their minds
to adopt latest ideas and latest methods of the systems. The similar response from the
farmer to urge for new information and their readiness level to act on it can identify
“man to man information… we go to different farmers and ask them that what
200

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

should we plant and how?… On their provided information we act on the
information what they have told us to do.”
Farmer readiness to use technology is activated by causes or problems like pesticide
spray prices. Currently, the cost of fertilizer has increased to the level that some
farmers may not be able to afford to buy this. Thus, the use of information is
productive in different ways, a farmer responded as "the use of information has
equipped us with many skills… I would say farmers do not broaden their
exposure… otherwise there are lot of opportunities here… from which farmer can
easily increase the yield… for example there are some insects… if you use those
insects in your crops they kill the insects which are destroyer of the crops… now this
technology is available and at free cost… many farmers do not know about this.” In
similar case of mobile phones, these trends are proving farmers readiness to use
mobile phone in place of old and existing systems due to innovativeness.
Farmers think that when they are connected with agriculture world through mobile
phones, it will increase their knowledge about agriculture business and will impact
on other regions. The interviews data shows that the farmers want to learn new ways
in agriculture. Indeed, most of information transferred to them is only one sided.
Until the farmers do not put their wisdoms through innovativeness, the adoption of
mobile phone services will not occur. A farmer who was active participant of
different agriculture forums argued that “until we have a better communication with
other farmers, trainers, experts and organizations… then only we will be able to
understand about any new information… what presently is going on?... information
is one sided delivered and nobody encourages the discussions… we perceive
discussions facilities should be as far provided to us because we need sometimes to
clarify and rectify some terms… which we are unable to understand easily in one
go.”
Farmers have shown their issues regarding traditional agriculture systems as a weak
dispersal mechanism with a long search time, and incomplete levels of information
retrieval. There is no certainty of information be delivered on time. During
interviews farmers were found complaining about the current agriculture system
lacking especially about the technologies in government sector which are not fully
supporting them and how uncomfortable they were feeling in obtaining
information. Even use of technology by others brings discomfort to them.

201

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

According to a farmer, “I go to them for soil test... they give me two weeks time…
and after that the results were recommended for the color land… they have
interchanged results with other farmer mistakenly.”
One farmer felt uncomfortable because as he stated he does not know exactly whom
to call in the case of emergency; who is the best person to get them the relevant
information? When farmers tried to call the consultants or advisors, they usually end
up with busy calls. Farmers suggest that there must be built in recording facility so
that their calls are recorded automatically on the consultant cell phones. According
to a farmer, “mostly when we are in field … we missed some information and not
able to completely understand what we missed or even convey concerns to the
relevant authorities.”
Farmer does not know exactly to whom to call in case of emergency. Who is the best
person to get them the relevant information? According to a farmer, “my crops were
attacked by… insects… the climate condition was helping to grow those insects in
no time but in this emergency state I was not able to get any help from anywhere.
Eventually as a last step I burned my crops. This was a big loss for me”
Most of farmers consider human involvements are too crucial in some farm
activities. They are reluctant to give information on mobile phones. Farmers are
skeptical in providing information, indeed if it actually gets to the right person in the
right location. One farmer said that “they do have to trust middlemen” and not see
any secure option to do any type of financial transactions via mobile. Some farmers
have put this as their deep concern that any deals, they do by machine should be
authenticated afterward in writing, “before this it was done by the middlemen.”
Farmers feel insecure shifting from traditional agriculture system to mobile phones,
while the limitations are the payment and lack of contact in the market. Farmers
perceive that they cannot rely on only mobile information systems; they have doubts
on the technology like the technology is too complex that how are we going to get
out our payments.
According to a farmer, “we get immediate payments from middleman, we do not
know how mobile phone will give us this facility, we cannot trust the services for
buying and selling purpose but we can trust in case if it's backed by the
government… banks.

202

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

The proper information and standards should meet in any case. A number of
organizations from the government sectors provide the free information, but most of
farmers do not have access to this information sources. There must be some centers
which also check the communication flow and how these systems can respond
effectively. According to a farmer “most time when we are in the field… we know
when we have missed some information and are therefore not able to completely
convey the complete information or query… to the concerned authorities.”
Farmers hire people and do not use the technology by themselves in sensitive matters
where chances for damage are greater than the chances for enhanced productivity.
Few farmers responded as “to get rid of weeds there are special skills required, you
have to treat without damaging the main crop… sometime technology is dangerous
like you need unique skills to spray… same deficits are in mobile phone… how you
can be save from radiation effects.”
In traditional agriculture farmers face middlemen who charge the higher money
from them. According to a farmer, “the role of middle man is very dominant in our
market system. Sometime middle man earns more than farmers. It will be a great
change if we are able to get rid of these intermediaries. Surely the more profit I will
get from my produce…”.When farmers were asked about whether they like to
minimize or eliminate the role of middleman, few farmers responded as “this will be
miracle. The middle man provide us low market rate, take its percentage also. The
only creditability is the payment… He paid money within weak. If mobile company
opens its own purchase centre, payment guarantee, provide fair market rates, which
ultimately increase our profits more than the middleman… we appreciate the
elimination of the middleman.” Farmers only go or reach to the middleman when
they do not have investment to grow their crops, under hard pack circumstances.
Farmers are force to take loans from the middleman on their terms. Most of the
farmers have shown their willingness that if the mobile phone technology or the
MAITS system is associated with some banks or government department which give
them loans on the light terms and conditions they like to have it. According to the
expert opinion from the Agriculture Development Bank, “… for farmers who are
excited to use this new facility the service should be personalized and superior. The
mobile Agriculture should provide the access to farmer consistent, reliable, updated
information that is tailored for his use.”

203

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Technology Readiness Indicators (TRI)
The farmer’s decisions making factor has to be decided within time while it has been
noted through the interviews that farmers were indeed had the greatest concerned
about information timing. For, instance, deciding which mobile phone function is
important; a farmer says “time is critical factor… we perceive that instead of SMS
services… bear just little cost and just makes the phone call.”
The decision support system in current situation is working around information
from government, private companies and middlemen. Due to time factors and other
information sources tendency towards media habits are changing. According to a
farmer “…there are many agriculture programs aired on TV, radio… but due to our
presence in field… we do not have time to see it… now these programs are available
on CDs…which we purchase and watch according to our own available time slots…
The recording systems are expensive and complicated … so we just bring CDs and
watch it”
Few agriculture experts responded, "time factor varies from region to region, every
region has its own set of conditions... The timing of crops is different in each region
so mobile services must emphasize these implications on ground realities…
depending on region to region requirements.”
Most of the farmers which are connected to old modes of information technology
have information and time advantages. From the total interview sample, five farmers
responded that they through online sources identified the markets which were selling
commodities in the offseason “We get it in cheap rates”, a farmer stated.
The majority of farmers are showing the lack of trust in the new system suggesting
that both systems should run on parallel basis. According to a farmer, “…among
choosing old and new systems… I think MAITS should run parallel to traditional
systems... We cannot leave the tradition system in very beginning of the technology
diffusion… I think the system will be chosen on our goals basis... we can adopt any
system we like to facilitate our goals.”
Farmer’s attitude towards technology acceptance shows that trust plays a vital role in
the farmer’s decision making process. As stated above farmers trust the media
including TV, radio, newspapers but the amount of information provided is not
good enough to meet their requirements. Some complaint that they are able to get
204

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

only basic information from old media – TV shows them the rate slides, radio
inform about specific advertisements and newspapers publish advertisements and
incomplete messages. Even personal source contacts fail to get complete information
in the name of business secrets, one farmer said “we collect the information from
different places but if it is available from a single source … we will be effectively
proceeding to crop planning… sowing to trading… easily.”
Most of the farmers do not agree that mobile phones would give complete
information. According to a farmer “…we do not know how a tiny device can cover
these all information needs.” According to experts the mobile phone can just provide
the immediate information and rest of information will be linked to other
technology sources like internet. According to the Expert of Associate Agriculture
Chemist, “even they get the information on mobile phone, they will not take the
risks and will opt for the other information sources… like as laboratory tests, rates.. ”
Detail explanation is required to change the understanding level of farmers. In
current traditional system farmers are informed about new varieties of crops through
seminars arranged by the mill owners. Thus, the information provided is according
to their research and requirements to which they can get crops from the farmers.
According to a farmer, “we are invited by various sugar making factory owners…
They provide us with the information about new varieties and ways for sugarcane
productions.”
Farmers know about the mobile phone uses to the extent of making phone calls and
some of them use SMS. Majority of them are using it for their personal uses only.
There were number of farmers who were using the mobile functions (MMS,
internet) more than calling and writing SMS. Farmers take the mobile phone as a
convenient technology device that is easy to use, easy to carry and from using it can
call any time with little effort as they already know its basic functionality. There are
some difficulties while using mobile phone such as many farmers get confused
during calls in which they are asked to press several buttons to talk to a customer
service representative. Instead of convenience, it becomes a time taking device.
According to some farmers “mobile phone technology is more convenient to talk
from any place and could get the information as well as pass on the information…
the demerits of mobile phones we cannot see the faces on the other side… some time
it is a time taking process to call companies and interact with automated message
systems… she ask us to press too many buttons… it just waste our too much time.”
205

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Decision Support System (DSS)
Farmers are willing to interact with technology. According to them “we need
interaction with the technology experts… they provide us information about
agriculture-related technologies and detailed information of different market
access… sometimes over internet… for example.”
Sometimes the infrastructure is available from a different funding agency which aids
the agricultural sector free of charge (Siraj, 2011), but farmers unfortunately cannot
get any information about these agencies because of lack of awareness of these types
of organizations. As one of the farmer responded that “recently, solar cell tube wells
(water production unit) were introduced in Pakistan and most of farmers do not
know about it or came to know late… it was already installed in other places with
other farmers.” Farmers also stated that access to the technological experts will make
them more knowledgeable to use the technology in agriculture sector and the
linkages with the industry will benefit all stakeholders in one go. Farmers perceive
that due to technological support they will be able to produce crops according to the
new innovations. A farmer from Khanewal responded as “I like to do the research…
I am planning to install a unit (factory) for energy drinks… yes these energy drinks
would be produced by natural ways… It contains lot of vitamins and calcium… I
need its formula to add flavor… I need the technology to produce it in canned
form…. I do not know where from I can take help about these, the mobile phone
services you are telling about if help I will adopt it.”
A farmer also pointed out that "the farmers have to go to different agents… the
worse of them is middlemen role… they give the loans on this promise made by
farmers... they will buy farm inputs form them… they will sell their crops to them
on fix rate… middleman is taking more advantages than the farmers… they are
getting profits out of farm inputs, standing crops… and where they sell forward…
from end buyers they charge this.” It is sometime difficult to get loans from
Agriculture Development Bank as there is long queue of farmers standing in the
waiting lists. Farmers have complaint that they have not able to get loans on time
According to them “they are biased in giving the debt money… they give big loans
to big land farmers… we have to always wait… mostly time mobile credit officers
are out for recovery in field.” The bank officials argued on this problem differently,
according to them they are always at the disposal of the farmer. Expert from
Agriculture Development Bank pointed out that “when the farmer come to us they
try to give them maximum leverage… sometime problem is face by us that the next
206

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

sanction of loans are depended on the previous records of farmer… Farmers with
higher recoveries paid get more quickly and the farmers who are still not clear from
previous recorded loans have to give the justification to sanction new loans for
them… we have the databases but here staff more work manually as they do not
have access directly to databases… meanwhile after weeks of fieldwork they come
and enter their records through IT experts… which is also time taking factor… if
farmers are connected to the bank customer databases… they will be able to request
before coming to bank… By then we will check their records.”
Farmers encounter scarcity of labor and technical equipment at times crops are ready
for harvesting and sowing. According to some farmers “time management is very
important… the weather is not predictable… so the market… we need immediate
number of labor and technical assistance at the time of planting and harvesting the
crop…”. However, experts from Agriculture Research Institute and Agriculture
University informed that “the technical assets and labors are available from scattered
places. Farmer has to run after the individual need. This is the big waste of time.
Even they are not sure that they will be able to get them.”
Expert from Mobile Operator Company, farmers and expert from Agriculture
Development Bank informed that agriculture technical equipment being expensive is
not affordable by farmers and they have to rent that from either government bodies
or private sector. Farmers desired that there should be a database about renting
equipments for them. For better connectivity farmer should remain well-connected
through mobile phones with these networks to check the availability of related
resources.
Farmers keep changing patterns of producing crops, seeds buying and harvesting as
per the market conditions. For example, in case of high demand of sugar cane,
maximum number of farmers will produce the sugar cane in next year without
predicting the market demands. According to some farmers, ''we change our product
sales… naturally according to the rate variations. We delay products if prices are not
suitable… but in some case we are force to sell it… some grains are perishable which
are out of control… so we need other sources… which give us options to decide”.
Thus, farmers need different type of knowledge about the new technology
innovations needed in particular agricultural environment. Most of the farmers in
interview have recommended that the knowledge can be provided through different
sources like mobile social communities network and information mobile centers.
207

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

One of the farmers said that “the training of mobile uses should be imparted in
schools adjacent to the villages. The children are quick with technology especially
new emerging technologies. They will pick the information quickly and educate
their elders about its significant uses.”
Overall, farmers have shown willingness to have greater knowledge than before. As
one of the farmer state “every day we are learning from our society… the knowledge
we retrieve is in raw form… we are unable to process it… if we can get systemized
knowledge… we will perform in more better way”.
An educated farmer responded to a question on leadership role in following manner:
“I have not faced any kind of problems, I am the member of different committees…
we represent farmers and gave suggestions about the current agriculture needs and
they consider our valuable suggestions… I have not experienced any kind of
problems in respect of technology and other agricultural innovations accessibility.”
Other farmers who do not have access to such networks stated: “they are biased and
they just provided the agriculture facilities to those with whom they have contacts”.
The day to day processes are long and farmers feel uncomfortable using those. One
of the farmers said: “they are such lengthy and time taking processes… irrigation
system is one of them, we have to wait for the water and due to non availability of
water sometime our crops growth gets affected… same effects come out from fake
fertilizers and insect killing sprays available in markets”.
Farmers also see agriculture processes of dealings, transactions, selling, seeding as
very complicated as one of the farmer responded: “If information is of the worth
which reduces cost and travelling then this will be appraised by the farmers". Expert
from Horticulture informed that farmers can go into more new processes of farming
like “tunnel farming is one of the skills related to agriculture technology which
farmers need to adopt this process should handle with very careful analysis of land
condition that best fit with the seeds this can only be done if the farmer has obtained
useful information to how to launch these processes”. Mobile phone should have
some packages that support the farmer more in detail to understand the information
more specifically. Thus, another farmer reflect like the process can be handle with
“…communities involvement in information and knowledge sharing will put better
impact” on our day to day engagements and procedures.

208

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

Support for farmers for enhanced execution of processes that could give better
productivity or access to new emerging markets is very necessary to help them
achieve their goals because far too many bureaucratic blocks prevent some farmers
from operating in a free market enterprise like system. A farmer showing his
disappointment in information and other processes connectivity says that “we can
get information of international market but we are not able to get licenses and fulfill
the other requirements which are mostly time consuming, expensive and
complicated”.
It is noted with concern that majority of the farmers in Pakistan do not have the
potential to use mobile phones services. It is because of their disillusionment about
the technology that they have already presumed that is only for personal purposes. In
future they expect to change their attitude in adopting those technologies. As expert
from agriculture bank reflected that “we are seeing lot of changing pattern of
farmers… today farmer is having… of difference than they use to be in 5-6 years
ago… today farmer is willing to adopt the technology for their crops production…
most of farmers come to us and ask about new innovations of agriculture… we have
declared the model villages in all areas and urge farmer to go there… they get the
information and apply in their fields… They are now very successful in it”.
The overall readinesses of farmers for technology adoption are surmised in the
following table 1.
Table 1. Results of Farmers Readiness for Technology Adoption
Farmers
Readiness

Technology Adoption
Model (TAM)

Technology Readiness
Indicators (TRI)

Decision Support
System
(DSS)

Farmers
Willingness

Discomfort
Farmer see lack in
current information
system: Farmer feel
information is not
delivered on time:
Farmer could not call
anyone in case of
emergency: Farmer
when try to call
experience busy calls on

Technological
readiness
Farmer like to use
MAITS if it connects
with technical experts:
Farmer like to use other
networks through
MAITS: Farmer want
to know more feasible
technologies available:
Farmers want someone

Timeliness
Farmer see in time
information is crucial
for decision making,
use phone calls service
instead of doing SMS,
presume time factor is
changing their media
habits, time varies
region to region basis,
get cheaper
209

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah
other side: Farmer
touring in field missed
a lot of information:
Farmers cannot read
messages: Farmers do
not have record facility
to store their messages:
Farmer retrieval
information is not
economical: Farmer got
general information
which is not of any use:
Farmer experience
absence of social
amenities.
Insecurity
Farmers doubt and
distrust MAITS:
Farmers like to interact
with humans rather
than MAITS: Farmer
believe payment
methods are not ensure
on mobile phones:
Farmers feel
transactions on MAITS
should be authenticate
after in writing also:
Farmers feels MAITS
model is too complex:
Farmer feel human
presentation skills are
more valuable than
MAITS:
Farmer feel MAITS
will not be successful
for longer period.

210

to tell them about new
Agri-related
technologies.

commodities in
offseason.

Resource Readiness
Farmers like to acquire
loans from financial
institutions: Farmer feel
more feasible sending
loan request before they
visit the source:
Farmer like to have easy
access to labor: Farmer
have to search labor
and technical assets
from different places:
Farmer require to
communicate
government bodies or
public sector companies
for necessary assistance
in resources
Knowledge Readiness
Farmer have the
knowledge of current
mobile phones
working: Farmer do
changes in their
patterns according to
known values: Farmer
like to know about
different available
options in using
technology innovations
in their field work:
Farmer desire to know
about the market rates:
Farmer can access the
basic knowledge of
MAITS uses in their
nearly training centers
Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan
Farmers
Potential

Farmers
Preparedness

Innovativeness
Farmer want to be a
first user of MAITS:
Farmer desire more
Agri-information than
others: Farmer can
handle MAITs
functions: Farmer
creative ability to apply
information differently:
Farmers are ready to
take risk to adopt
MAITS: Farmers
expect latest ideas:
Farmer interact in
community: Farmer
give advices to other
farmers: Farmer are
ready for change

Leadership Readiness
Farmer have a key role
in policy making of
Agriculture: Farmer
contact different higher
management officials in
order to register their
suggestions and
feedback: Farmers feel
the officer decisions are
biased: Farmer perceive
strategy makers must
do decisions on the
basis of root cause
situation

Optimism
Farmer knows mobile
phone benefits: Farmer
feel MAITS
convenience in use:
Farmer can use it in
flexible timings: Farmer

End-user readiness
Farmer support
MAITS system as
thinking change is
positive: Farmer feel
MAITS model is source
of relieve to them:

Process Readiness
Farmer think mobile
phone services must be
relevant to agricultural
processes: Farmer opt
for new processes in
agriculture sector:
Farmer understand
processes can be
improved through
communities
involvement: Farmer
cannot access
international markets
due to strict process for
licenses and other
government approvals

Information Richness
Farmers think
incomplete
information mislead
them, believe MAITS
system will not convey
complete message,
Farmer would not like
to get immediate
information form
MAITS: Farmer need
a detail explanation to
understand
information: Farmer
like information in
form of video, audio
and graphic wise
Ease of Use
Farmer perceive
technology will be free
of effort, understand
MAITS System is easy
to carry, experience
sometime mobile
phone complexities,
feel difficulty to talk
sometime without face
interactions

Trust
Farmer is resistant to
change due to MAITS
newness: Farmer do
not share relevant
knowledge in name of
business secret: Farmer
211

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah
desire to have a new
agriculture technology:
Farmer can improve
their skills: Farmer’s
source of knowledge
and information:
Farmer can mold it
easily according to their
use: Farmer realize
other uses of mobile
phones than their
personal use: Farmer
understand demerits of
partial information:
Farmer well understand
the MAITS proposed
model: Farmers can
manage their crops
using this technology:
Farmer can sell and
purchase commodities,
farm inputs: Farmers
are not happy with
existing agriculture
system.

Farmer do not have
potential to use
technology due to
illiteracy and other
factors: Farmer are
frequent user of mobile
so be for MAITS

do trust in case they
got decision choices

Values and Goals
Farmer believe MAITS
will provide ways for
profit maximization:
Farmer through
MAITS will able to sell
and purchase their
commodities to
different markets

Findings
Mobile phone device perception to connect the other information enables farmer’s
efficient accessibility to new data and information sources not available easily. The
real-time option along with highly tailored information reflected Pakistani farmer
readiness to adopt the same system, as they are optimistic to real benefits of mobile
phone and well aware of implications these mobile phone will put in agriculture
sectors. As a result of the interviews, the views of the farmers tend to suggest use of
mobile phones in new ways for advancement in agricultural productivity increases
mobile-enabled information services. Pakistani farmers have mobile phones but
without agricultural information systems to take full advantage of information
sources required in their working life. The farmers want to access the technology
which they need the most. The farmers seem to be ready for the technology through
212

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

innovation readiness for change. They do not have control over the technology.
Extensions services do not give details knowledge to understand by farmers.
Sometime Extension Service Provider believes that technology uses are not for use by
common farmer due to illiteracy factor. Farmers like to have less complex devices
and feel discomfort with extra functions. The farmers are unhappy from these
extension services as information provided to them is general and it is country or
provincial level information but not relevant to their specific local requirements.
Even though the farmers would like to get rid of middlemen and may be biased
information providing by companies. They still believe that this is a double ended
sword, adhering to a view from buyers' perspective that it is not possible to buy crops
or products for the whole year whilst farmers can only provide products on a
seasonal basis.
The timely available current and appropriate information helped farmers to make
decisions at specific times and locations. Furthermore, source and media
trustworthiness guide a farmer’s trust in information sources. The information
richness will convince farmers to trust the new sources of information.
Farmers perceive that information could be more understandable through mobile
phones if supported with audio, video or graphical explanations. Ease of use is
important to evaluate farmers’ perception towards usefulness of the technology. In
agriculture systems there is lack of technical support, physical infrastructure and
agricultural technologies related information. Farmer connectivity through mobile
phones would be feasible if existing and related networks were well established and
interconnected. The agriculture technical equipment being expensive is not
affordable by farmers and they have to rent that from either Government bodies or
private sector. Farmers desire that a data base be maintained for renting that
equipment on merit. For better connectivity farmer should remain well-connected
through mobile phones with these networks to check the availability of related
resources. Like other sectors, farmers dealing on mobile phone require to get help
from financial, human and technical assets providing networks. Due to the lack of
connectivity with financial institutions networks and other aiding agencies, farmers
some time face severe shortage of money which effects their crop production.
Currently farmers are taking loans either from Agriculture Development Bank in
Pakistan or they approach to the middlemen. The lack in financial resources is too
severe or is on such terms and conditions which is not convenient to farmers’ pocket.
213

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Thus, farmers need different type of knowledge about the new technology
innovations needed in particular agricultural environment. Most of the farmers in
interview have recommended that the knowledge can be provided through different
sources like mobile social communities network and information mobile centers.
Farmers take the leadership role while they represent farmers in different networks.
Most of farmers state their good relationship and identify their role as policy maker
in Organizational level decision making for agricultural purpose. Expert says it is
necessary to take farmers on board for framing stable policies in agriculture sector.
The management support in decisions of technology adoption is important.
Farmers see the mobile phone information system success only if that fit to
agricultural processes. Farmers face long waiting processes like as crop planning,
seeding, purchasing of farm inputs, transporting, trading and loaning during
connecting different fellow farmers, middlemen or market dealers and sometime
mobile credit officers from Agriculture banks. The farmers perceive that in time
information helps in sorting out problems faced by them .Farmers consider
technology as a source of relieve, farmer will be in very clear position to plan for
crops variety, seeding to harvesting and transporting produce for selling.
In the farmer interviews, farmers show their ambition to get access to different
markets and mobile agriculture information system to (i) minimize the middle men
role and(ii) take maximum part and gain profits. To achieve their specific but
different values and goals they are expecting some breakthroughs. The crop
insurance facility, technical assets, sustaining competitive advantage, profit
maximization, time and cost savings in crop production are the key values for the
farmers to develop.
Research Implication
Farmer’s readiness to adopt mobile agriculture system revolves around mobile
decision making support and accessibility to different networks. Any factor missing
is prone to deviation from use of this technology. The analysis of the data retrieved
from the interviews has suggested, the evaluation of readiness is not only the final
place to decide whether farmers will adopt the new mobile information system or
not. It is associated with the attitude which comes from innovativeness, optimism or
inhibitor like discomfort which either helps farmers’ preparedness or unpreparedness
before replacing the existing system with the mobile information system. Thus,
214

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

further analysis shows that potential to decide is related to farmers’ interaction
because of some problem or cause. In particular situation Pakistani farmers have
shown their unhappiness about the existing system.
So, to adopt the mobile phone is greatest reason for discontinuing use of the existing
system. Although farmers have a primary ability to assess the basic information, but
access in depth; the farmers need more prominent information sources which give
them the potential to properly assess the value of the new system. Thus,
preparedness, potential and generating value are the key factors which lead farmers
acquainted with other factors in readiness. Pre training involving demonstration,
seminars and other related activities are important to convince farmers for new
innovations in the field.
Research limitations
The research is limited to the primary data which has been collected from rural areas
adjacent to four cities of Pakistan. The research describes the opinion of different
farmers and experts from these four cities only. More suggestions could have been
gathered and added for Mobile phones Agriculture and Information systems
(MAITS) acceptance by including more farmers and retailers from other cities of
Pakistan as well. This research has evaluated the Pakistani farmer readiness for
adopting mobile phone information and trade system on the basis of different
dimensions quoted in literature. The method used is qualitative in nature. However,
a quantitative approach can be carried out using various quantitative methodologies.
It would be intriguing to establish a global model for the whole agriculture world
with all databases in technologies interconnected.
Conclusion
Pakistani farmers very well perceive the merits/demerits of mobile phone usages.
They have begun to realize other usages of mobile phones rather than restricting only
to personal uses. Thus, majority of the farmers are ready to manage crops, purchase
farm inputs and sell commodities through MAITS. The innovative farmers are
recognized because of their outward role advising other farmers. The current
amenities and informal communication structures have led the farmers to rethink
and opt for alternatives systems which could give value addition.

215

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

The overall conclusion is that farmers are ready to embrace new mobile phone
information systems. However, it requires maximum level of optimism and
innovativeness along with removal of the inhibiting factors which affect the readiness
state. The inhibiting factors in MAITS adoption comprised of uncertainty factors
and current faulty existing system services. There has been a complete consensus
among the farmers to practice MAITS along with mobile decision support system
because it can help them in crop planning, farm inputs (seeds, fertilizers, spray etc),
harvesting, transporting and trading.
The findings of this study will provide guidance to the relevant organizations when
considering readiness and barriers towards implementing of MAITS. The results of
the study will give insight to many extension service and policy makers to
understand what farmers actually desire.
References
Agarwal, R., Mohan, T., &amp; Wilemon, D. (1997). Assimilating information
technology innovations: Strategies and moderating influences. IEEE Transactions on
Engineering Management, 44(4), 347-358.
Alsop, S. (1999). Have I told you lately that I hate windows? Fortune, July 5, Pp
177-78.
Akhtar, D. S. (2007). Expanding microfinance outreach in Pakistan. State Bank of
Pakistan. Retrieved July 7, 2011,
http://www.sbp.org.pk/about/speech/governors/dr.shamshad/2007/MF-PM-17-Apr07.pdf
Amjad, R. (2010). Key challenges facing Pakistan agriculture: How best can policy
makers respond? Retrieved July 14, 2011from
http://www.pide.org.pk/index2.php?option=com_ content&amp;task=
emailform&amp;id=346
Aziz, H. (2012). ICT can bring revolution in agriculture sector. The News Tribe.
Retrieved July 14, 2013, from http://www.thenewstribe.com/2012/07/04/ict-canbring-revolution-in-agriculture-sector/
Berry, Leonard L. (1999). Discovering the soul of service. New York: Free Press.
216

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

Basole, R.C. and Chao, R. (2004). Location-based mobile decision support systems
and their effect on user performance. Proceedings of the 2004 Americas Conference in
Information Systems, New York, NY. Retreved July 5, 2012, from
http://www.ti.gatech.edu/basole/docs/Basole.AMCIS2004.MobileDSS.pdf
Basole, Rahul C (2005). Mobilizing the enterprise: a conceptual model of
transformational value and enterprise readiness. 26th ASEM National Conference
Proceedings. Retrieved June 12, 2013, from
http://www.ti.gatech.edu/basole/docs/Basole.ASEM05.MobilizingEnterprise .pdf
Basole, R.C. (2007). Strategic planning for enterprise mobility: A readiness-centric
approach. Proceedings of the 2007 Americas Conference in Information Systems,
Keystone, CO. Retrieved May 12, 2013, from
http://www.ti.gatech.edu/basole/docs/Basole.AMCIS2007.
StrategicPlanningEnterpriseMobility.pdf
Basole, R.C., and Rouse, W.B. (2007., Towards the mobile enterprise: Readiness
and transformation. in D. Taniar (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Mobile Computing and
Commerce. IDEA Group Publishing, Hershey, PA, USA. Retrieved June 13, 2012,
from http://www.ti.gatech.edu/basole/docs/BasoleRouse.MobileReadiness.2007.pdf
Davis, Fred D., Richard, P. Bagozzi, and Paul, R.Warshaw (1989). User acceptance
of computer technology: A comparison of two theoretical models. Management
Science, 35 (8), 982-1003.
Khan, I.A. (2011). Recent trends, challenges and future strategies of agriculture
extension in Pakistan. Department of Agriculture Extension, Punjab, Pakistan.
Lai, V.S., and J.L., Guynes (1997). An assessment of the influence of organizational
characteristics on information technology adoption decision: a discriminative
approach. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Managemen, 44(2) 146-157.
Legris P., Ingham, P.J., and Collerette, P. (2003). Why do people use information
technology? A critical review of the technology acceptance model. Information &amp;
Management, 40(2003), 191-204.

217

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Lovelock, C. H., &amp; Wirtz, J. (2004). Services marketing: people, technology
strategy. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education. 5th ed
Lin, Chien-Hsin, Shih, Hsin-Yu, and Sher Peter J. (2007). Integrating technology
readiness into technology acceptance: The TRAM Model. Psychology &amp; Marketing,
Vol.24(7): 641-657
Parasuraman, A. (2000). Technology Readiness Index (TRI): A multiple-item Scale
Measure Readiness to Embrace New Technologies. Journal of Service Research, 2(4)
307-321.
Pakistan Today (2013). Major crops yield witnesses tremendous increase during last
five years. Retrieved May 2, 2013, from
http://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2013/02/11/news/profit/major-crops-yieldwitnesses-tremendous-increase-during-last-five-years/
Saadia (2012). Agriculture sector progressed through telecommunication. Pakistan
News. Retrieved April 4, 2013, from
http://www.paperpkads.com/news/index.php/agriculture-sector-progressed-throughtelecommunication/
Tornatzky, L.G., and Klein, N. (1982). Innovation characteristics and innovation
adoption implementation: A meta-analysis. IEEE Transactions on Engineering
Management, 29 No. February, (1982), 28-45.
Telenor (2009). E-Mandi grading booklet. Retrieved August 11, 2012, from
http://www.emandi.mobi/blog/?cat=6
Thomas, B. (2011). Pakistan's agri-sector registers significant growth in three years.
Retrieved June 8, 2011, from http://carbon-basedghg.blogspot.com/2011/04/pakistans-agri-sector-registers.html

218

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture
Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan

Interview Guide
1.
2.
3.

How the latest technologies of communication affect your life.
At present what type of communication technologies are you using?
Do you use mobile phone, what type of merit and demerit of cell phone do
you experienced?
4. Do you use mobile phone for only making calls or you also use it for SMS
or any other services.
5. From where you get the latest information about new technologies for crop
production. Is it easily available or you experiences difficulties?
6. Do you want to adopt new technology by which you can get all latest
information about crop production at your door step? How can u compare
this new method of getting the information with the old traditional one?
7. Do you like that a mobile company provide you all information starting
from sowing to selling, weather forecast, cost of fertilizers and pesticides,
new varieties at your door step. How much you will be benefited from this
new intervention.
8. Is the way of Government for the dispersal of agricultural related
information hinders or favors the adoption of Mobile phone information
systems? Do you agree with the government policy about agricultural like
supporting price of different crops? Whether you like to take this
information on your mobile phones?
9. If a mobile phone company eliminate/minimize the role of middle man and
it will increase you profit do you ready to adopt this system.
10. If Mobile phone information system increases the number of buyers of your
product and gives your information about, how to increase your profit by
going to various markets, what will be your degree of willingness to use the
above mentioned Mobile Phone information system?
11. If a mobile company provide you the information of the latest rate of crops
of different markets of the country, will it increase your profit and can you
able to sell your commodities there.
12. If a mobile company provide you all information at a nominal cost which
save your traveling cost to enquire information from different sources do
you adopt this, if no why.
(Follow up Questions)

219

�Muhammad Rehan Shaukat, Iqtidar Ali Shah

Progressive farmers: The farmer who run his form mechanically i.e. mechanized forming by
adopting latest agriculture technologies.
i

220

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3931">
                <text>2411</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3932">
                <text>Farmers Inclination to Adoption of Mobile Phone Agriculture Information and Trade Systems in Pakistan  </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3933">
                <text>Shaukat, Muhammad Rehan
Shah, Iqtidar Ali</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3934">
                <text>This research studies three aspects relating to farmers readiness for the proposed mobile phone information and trade system (MAITS) namely (a) farmer readiness to adopt newly proposed mobile information and trade system (b) key factors that affect farmers mobile decision support systems (c) farmers readiness to connect with mobile enterprise networks. These were investigated using a qualitative research method. After a careful selection of a set of questions, interviews were conducted with selected farmers from four cities of Pakistan including Lahore, Faisalabad, Vehari and Khanewal. The analysis revealed that farmers readiness to embrace new mobile phone information systems requires maximum level of optimism and innovativeness along with deal of the inhibiting factors which affect the readiness state; inhibiting factors in MAITS adoption comprised of uncertainty factors and current faulty existing system services; and there has been a complete consensus among the farmers to practice MAITS along with mobile decision support system because it can help them in crop planning, farm inputs (seeds, fertilizer, sprays etc), harvesting, transporting and trading. The findings of this study will provide guidance to the relevant organizations when considering readiness and barriers towards implementing of MAITS. The results of the study will give insight to many extension service and policy makers to understand what farmers actually need.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3935">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3936">
                <text>2014-07-15</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3937">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="6">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="513" public="1" featured="0">
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3939">
                <text>2762</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3940">
                <text>Evaluation on Security of Energy Supply for  Macedonia</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3941">
                <text>ABDURAHMAN, Suat
TUGRUL, A. Beril</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3942">
                <text>In this study energy circumstance of Macedonia was analized in order to  evaluation for security of energy supply. Firstly, energy resources and power plants were  investigated.and tabulated. SWOT analysis applied with strengths, weaknesses,  opportunities and threats (SWOT) concepts which were written for the country regarding  geographical and strategical position, energy resources and economical situation of the  country. As known that, SWOT analysis may be used in decision-making situation when a  desired end-state (objective) has been defined. Internal and external analysis applied and  some suggessions composed as the conclude evaluation of SWOT analysis for Macedonia  energy analysis.  Keywords: energy supply, energy demand, macedonia, swot analysis</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3943">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3944">
                <text>2014-06</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3945">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3946">
                <text>ISSN 2233 - 0054     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="14">
        <name>T Technology (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="514" public="1" featured="0">
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3947">
                <text>2759</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3948">
                <text>Microalgae for Renewable Energy: Biodiesel  Production and other Practies</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3949">
                <text>AKSOY, Fatih
KORU, Edis
ALPARSLAN, Mustafa</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3950">
                <text>Sustainable production of renewable energy is being frequently debated globally  since it is increasingly understood that first generation biofuels, primarily produced from  food crops and mostly oil seeds are limited in their ability to achieve targets for biofuel  production, climate change mitigation and economic growth. Currently, biodiesel is made  from a variety of feedstocks, including pure vegetable oils, waste cooking oils, and animal  fat; however, the limited supply of these feedstocks impedes the further expansion of  biodiesel production.  Microalgae have been recognized as potentially good sources for biofuel production because  of their high oil content and rapid biomass production. In recent years, use of microalgae as  an alternative biodiesel feedstock has gained renewed interest from researchers,  entrepreneurs, and the general public. Food sourced feedstocks biodiesel concerns have  increased the interest in developing second generation biofuels produced from non-food  feedstocks such as microalgae, which potentially offer greatest opportunities in the longer  term. Using algae as a feedstock for biodiesel has been considered for a number of years, but  it has always had limitations, due mainly to the production methods used to grow and  harvest the algae.  This paper reviews the current status of microalgae use for biodiesel production, including  their cultivation, harvesting, and processing. The microalgae species most used for biodiesel  production are presented and their main advantages described in comparison with other  available biodiesel feedstocks. The various aspects associated with the design of microalgae  production units are described, giving an overview of the current state of development of  algae cultivation systems (photo-bioreactors and open ponds). Other potential applications and products from microalgae are also presented such as for biological sequestration of  CO2, wastewater treatment, in human health, as food additive, and for aquaculture.  Keywords: Sustainable energy, biodiesel, algae, biomass.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3951">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3952">
                <text>2014-06</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3953">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3954">
                <text>ISSN 2233 - 0054     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="14">
        <name>T Technology (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
</itemContainer>
